CELEX: 
Language: en
Date: 2020-11-20
Title: COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) …/... supplementing Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council by establishing the technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives

EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
            
            
               1.CONTEXT OF THE DELEGATED ACT
            
            
               1.1.General background and objective 
            
            
               The European Green Deal is a new growth strategy that aims to transform the EU into a fair and prosperous society, with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy where there are no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050, where the environment and the health of Europeans are protected, and where economic growth is decoupled from resource use. It also aims to protect, conserve and enhance the EU's natural capital, and protect the health and well-being of citizens from environment-related risks and impacts. This will be achieved by turning climate and environmental challenges into opportunities, and making the transition just and inclusive for all.
            
            
               Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  1
                (the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’) was proposed as part of the Commission’s earlier Action Plan on ‘Financing Sustainable Growth’ of March 2018, launching an ambitious and comprehensive strategy on sustainable finance with the aim of redirecting capital flows to help generate sustainable and inclusive growth. The Taxonomy Regulation is an important enabler for scaling up sustainable investment and therefore implementing the European Green Deal as part of the EU’s response to the climate and environmental challenges. It provides uniform criteria for companies and investors to determine which economic activities can be considered environmentally sustainable, and thus aims to increase transparency and limit the risk of greenwashing and market fragmentation in the classification of green activities and investment projects. However, the Taxonomy Regulation does not mandate any investments into economic activities meeting this set of criteria.
            
            
               The current COVID-19 pandemic has strengthened the need to redirect capital flows towards sustainable projects in order to make our economies, businesses and societies, in particular health systems, more resilient against climate and environmental shocks and risks, with clear co-benefits for health. In light of the ongoing post-crisis fiscal stimulus and the EU’s estimated financing needs after the crisis, the European Green Deal will provide a launching pad for the European recovery strategy. In this context, EU taxonomy can also serve as an additional and robust instrument to help guide financial markets towards a green recovery.
            
            
               The Taxonomy Regulation establishes the framework for the EU taxonomy by setting out four conditions that an economic activity must meet in order to qualify as environmentally sustainable:
            
            
               (i)
                     it contributes substantially to one or more of the six environmental objectives set out in Article 9 of the Taxonomy Regulation in accordance with Articles 10 to 16 of that Regulation;
            
            
               (ii)
                     it does not significantly harm any of the other environmental objectives set out in Article 9 of the Taxonomy Regulation in accordance with Article 17 of that Regulation;
            
            
               (iii)
                     it is carried out in compliance with minimum (social) safeguards set out in Article 18 of the Taxonomy Regulation; and
            
            
               (iv)
                     it complies with technical screening criteria established by the Commission through delegated acts in accordance with Articles 10 (3), 11(3), 12(2), 13(2), 14(2) or 15(2) of the Taxonomy Regulation. The technical screening criteria need to specify the performance criteria for a specific economic activity that determine under what conditions i) the activity makes a substantial contribution to a given environmental objective; and ii) it does not significantly harm the other objectives.
            
            
               This Delegated Regulation specifies the technical screening criteria under which specific economic activities qualify as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation and for determining whether those economic activities cause significant harm to any of the other relevant environmental objectives.
            
            
               1.2.Legal background
            
            
               This Delegated Regulation is based on the empowerments set out in Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of the Taxonomy Regulation. The technical screening criteria are set in accordance with the requirements of Article 19 of that Regulation.
            
            
               In accordance with Article 31 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making, this Delegated Regulation combines in a single act two interrelated empowerments of the Taxonomy Regulation, namely Articles 10(3) and 11(3) on the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation respectively. The Taxonomy Regulation requires the Commission to adopt delegated acts on these points by 31 December 2020. Further empowerments to adopt delegated acts conferred by the Council and the Parliament in the Taxonomy Regulation have different timelines and will be acted upon at a later stage. Further empowerments relate to the technical screening criteria for the remaining environmental objectives and to information to be disclosed by undertakings subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive in their non-financial statements or consolidated non-financial statements on whether and to what degree their activities align with the Taxonomy.
            
            
               2.CONSULTATIONS PRIOR TO THE ADOPTION OF THE ACT
            
            
               This delegated act builds on the recommendations of the Technical Expert Group on Sustainable Finance (TEG), a Commission expert group composed of diverse private and public sector stakeholders set up in 2018. The mission of the TEG included helping the Commission develop the EU taxonomy in line with the Commission's legislative proposals of May 2018.
            
            
               The TEG published two interim versions of its recommendations in reports in December 2018 and in June 2019. Both reports were subject to an open call for feedback, to which 257 and 830 responses were received respectively. During its mandate, the TEG also engaged with over 200 additional experts to develop recommendations for the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation. The Commission also organised two stakeholder dialogue meetings to gather views on the TEG report in June 2019 and in March 2020. 
            
            
               On 9 March 2020, the TEG published its final report
                  2
               . Member States were given the opportunity to provide feedback on the final TEG recommendations at the meeting of the Member States Expert Group in May 2020, with observers from the European Parliament.
            
         
         
            
               The Commission published the inception impact assessment in March 2020, and extended the opportunity to provide feedback until the end of April 2020 due to the outbreak of COVID-19. There were 409 respondents in total.
            
            
               In accordance with the Better Regulation rules, the draft delegated act was published on the Better Regulation portal for a four-week feedback period between XXX and XXX 2020. In total, XXX stakeholders provided feedback. The draft delegated act was also discussed with the Platform on Sustainable Finance on XXX. Furthermore, at the meeting of the Member States Expert Group in XXX 2020, the draft delegated acts were presented to  Member States’ expert and discussed, with observers from the European Parliament.
            
            
               3.IMPACT ASSESSMENT
            
            
               The Commission carried out a proportionate impact assessment to inform and accompany the Delegated Regulation. The impact assessment took account of the fact that the key elements of the EU taxonomy have been set by the European Parliament and the Council in the Taxonomy Regulation. This  includes the environmental objectives, the concepts of substantial contribution and ‘do no significant harm’, and the requirements for technical screening criteria. These requirements frame the discretion of the Commission for the Delegated Regulation.
            
            
               The impact assessment examined in detail the main technical input for this Delegated Regulation, namely the preparatory work that has been carried out by the TEG. The TEG report provided the methodology for selecting sectors and economic activities. It also provided recommendations for technical screening criteria for 70 economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and 68 economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change adaptation. The final report also comprised detailed recommendations on the use of NACE codes to classify economic activities and a usability guide for the application of the EU Taxonomy by companies and financial market participants.
            
            
               While the impact assessment concluded that the Commission should generally follow the approach and the TEG recommendations, it also helped conclude that this Delegated Regulation should deviate from the TEG report in some instances to better align with the requirements for technical screening criteria set out in the Taxonomy Regulation, notably in Article 19. The impact assessment recommended to include certain additional activities for climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation to cover further activities with significant potential while preserving the coherence of EU taxonomy. Certain activities from the TEG report, for which a complex and in-depth technical assessment still needs to be completed, have not been included in this Delegated Regulation.
            
            
               Furthermore, the impact assessment helped inform how to set certain criteria for defining a substantial contribution to climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation for certain activities. Some changes were also made to the ‘do no significant harm’ criteria in comparison to the TEG recommendations in order to ensure usability and proportionality.
            
            
               The TEG recommendations on technical screening criteria were duly assessed in the impact assessment report against the detailed requirements of Article 19 of the Taxonomy Regulation. In particular, the analysis retained criteria that were considered to be consistent with EU legislation, reflect a high level of environmental ambition, promote a level playing field, and be easy for economic operators and investors to use.
            
            
               The benefits and costs of EU taxonomy hinge on its uptake by market participants. The Commission carried out an indicative analysis of potential benefits and costs of the proposed approach as part of the impact assessment. Calibration of the technical screening criteria can influence the levels of uptake only up to a point, however, robust technical screening criteria would bring more decision-useful information to the market. Potential economic benefits from the improved transparency provided by putting in place the taxonomy criteria are therefore likely to materialise in the shape of reduced costs for investors to identify, and for corporates to fund, environmentally sustainable activities. Environmental and social benefits are likely to arise from an increase in capital flows to environmentally sustainable activities, thereby helping to deliver a cleaner, healthier and more climate-resilient living environment.
            
            
               The Delegated Regulation in itself does not generate new costs. However costs are likely to arise from the broader requirements of the Taxonomy Regulation, in particular for companies falling under the scope of the Non-Financial Reporting Directive and for financial market participants to collect and disclose taxonomy-relevant information on their activities. This would imply both one-off and ongoing costs for entities within the scope of these provisions.
            
            
               4.LEGAL ELEMENTS OF THE DELEGATED ACT
            
            
               The right to adopt delegated acts is provided for under Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of the Taxonomy Regulation.
            
            
               Article 1 specifies the subject matter of this Regulation.
            
            
               Article 2 lays down the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation.
            
            
               Article 3 lays down the technical screening criteria for climate change adaptation.
            
            
               COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) …/...
            
            
               of XXX
            
            
               supplementing Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council by establishing the technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
            
            
               (Text with EEA relevance)
            
            
               THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
            
         
         
            
               Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
            
            
               Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088
                  3
               , and in particular Articles 10(3) and 11(3) thereof,
            
            
               Whereas:
            
            
               (1)Regulation (EU) 2020/852 establishes the general framework for determining whether an economic activity qualifies as environmentally sustainable for the purposes of establishing the degree to which an investment is environmentally sustainable. That Regulation applies to measures adopted by the Union or by Member States that set out requirements for financial market participants or issuers in respect of financial products or corporate bonds that are made available as environmentally sustainable, to financial market participants that make available financial products, and to undertakings that are subject to the obligation to publish a non-financial statement pursuant to Article 19a of Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  4
                or a consolidated non-financial statement pursuant to Article 29a of that Directive. Economic operators or public authorities that are not covered by Regulation (EU) 2020/852 may also apply that Regulation on a voluntary basis.
            
            
               (2)Articles 10(3) and 11(3) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 require the Commission to adopt delegated acts establishing the technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which a specific economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation, respectively, and to establish, for each relevant environmental objective laid down in Article 9 of that Regulation, technical screening criteria for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to one or more of those environmental objectives. According to Articles 10(6) and 11(6) of that Regulation, those delegated acts are to be adopted by 31 December 2020.
            
            
               (3)According to Article 19(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the technical screening criteria are to take into account the nature and the scale of the economic activity and sector that they refer to, and whether the economic activity is a transitional economic activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, or an enabling activity as referred to in Article 16 of that Regulation. For the technical screening criteria to meet the requirements of Article 19 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 in an effective and balanced way they should be set as a quantitative threshold or minimum requirement, as a relative improvement, as a set of qualitative performance, as process or practice-based requirements, or as a precise description of the nature of the economic activity itself.
            
            
               (4)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation should ensure that the economic activity makes a positive impact on the climate objective or reduces negative impact on the climate objective. Those technical screening criteria should therefore refer to thresholds or performance levels that the economic activity should achieve in order to qualify as contributing substantially to one of those climate objectives. The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ should ensure that the economic activity has no significant negative environmental impact. Consequently, those technical screening criteria should specify the minimum requirements that the economic activity should meet in order to qualify as environmentally sustainable.
            
            
               (5)In order to ensure a level playing field, the same economic activities should be subject to the same technical screening criteria for each climate objective. It is therefore necessary that the technical screening criteria, where possible, follow the classification of economic activities laid down in the NACE Revision 2 classification system of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  5
               .
            
            
               (6)The technical screening criteria for determining under which conditions an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation should reflect the need to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions or to increase greenhouse gas removals and long-term carbon storage. It is therefore appropriate to focus first on those economic activities and sectors that have the greatest potential to achieve those aims. The choice of those economic activities and sectors should be based on their share of overall greenhouse gas emissions, and on evidence regarding their potential to contribute to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions  or to contribute to greenhouse gas removal, or to enable such avoidance, reduction or removal in other activities.
            
            
               (7)The agricultural sector emits high levels of greenhouse gases and is also particularly vulnerable to climate change impacts, including changes in temperature and precipitations as well as extreme events. The sector can therefore play a central role in climate change mitigation, while also delivering benefits for adaptation, reversing biodiversity loss, ensuring food security and fostering other sustainable development goals. In the Union, 10 % of greenhouse gas emissions are attributed to the agricultural sector, including non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions, mainly from manure management and enteric fermentation in case of livestock and from agricultural soils. In addition to the potential to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions, the agricultural sector also influences the capacity of lands to act as a carbon sink. The technical screening criteria for the agricultural sector should therefore reflect this dual role of that sector, taking into account the long timeframes required for climate benefits to materialise, in particular for maximising and maintaining the carbon sink potential of land, and the fact that the most effective measures can be best determined in the specific context. The impact of the criterion requiring a minimum of 10 % of agricultural area to be covered with high-diversity landscape features on farm incomes and rural areas will be assessed and monitored.
            
            
               (8)Forests are under increasing pressure as a result of climate change, which aggravates other key drivers of pressures such as pests, diseases, extreme weather events and forest fires. Other pressures come from rural abandonment, lack of management and fragmentation due to land use changes, increasing management intensity due to rising demand for wood, forest products and energy, infrastructure development, urbanisation and land take. At the same time, forests play a crucial role for reaching the Union’s objectives of reversing biodiversity loss and enhancing ambition on climate change mitigation and adaptation, reducing and controlling disaster risk due in particular to floods, droughts or wildfires and promoting a circular bioeconomy. To reach climate neutrality and a healthy environment, it is necessary to improve; both the quality and the quantity of forest areas, that are the largest carbon sink in the land use, land use change and forestry (‘LULUCF’) sector. Forest-related activities can contribute to climate change mitigation by increasing net removals of carbon dioxide, by preserving carbon stocks, and by providing materials and renewable energy, generating co-benefits for climate change adaptation, biodiversity, circular economy, sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, and pollution prevention and control. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for afforestation, reforestation, forest restoration, improved forest management and forest conservation activities. Those technical screening criteria should be fully in line with Union’s climate change adaptation, biodiversity and the circular economy objectives.
            
            
               (9)In the follow-up of to communications from the Commission of 11 December 2019, ‘The European Green Deal’
                  6
               , of 20 May 2020 on ‘EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030’
                  7
                and of 17 September 2020 ‘Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition Investing in a climate-neutral future for the benefit of our people’
                  8
                , in line with Union wider biodiversity and climate neutrality ambitions, the new Forests and Adaptation Strategies planned in 2021, technical screening criteria for forest activities should be complemented, reviewed and where necessary revised by end of 2021.
            
            
               (10)Given its importance for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and for strengthening land carbon sinks, wetland restoration has a potential to contribute substantially to climate change mitigation. Wetlands restoration can also deliver benefits for climate change adaptation, including through buffering climate change impacts, and help to reverse the loss biodiversity, to preserve water quantity and quality. To ensure coherence with the ‘The European Green Deal’, with the communication ‘Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition’ and with the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, technical screening criteria should also cover the restoration of wetlands.
            
            
               (11)The manufacturing sector is the third largest contributor to greenhouse gas emissions in the Union and thus can play a pivotal role in climate change mitigation. At the same time, manufacturing can be a key sector in enabling greenhouse gas emission avoidance and reductions in other sectors of the economy by manufacturing the products and technologies that those other sectors need to become or remain low-carbon. The technical screening criteria for the manufacturing sector should therefore be specified both for manufacturing activities associated with the highest levels of greenhouse gas emissions and for manufacturing of low-carbon products and technologies.
            
            
               (12)Manufacturing activities for which there are no technologically and economically feasible low-carbon alternatives but that support the transition to a climate-neutral economy are to be considered transitional activities, in accordance with Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. To encourage the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the thresholds of the technical screening criteria for those activities should be set at a level that will only be achievable by the best performers of each sector, in most cases based on greenhouse gas emissions per unit of output produced.
            
            
               (13)For manufacturing activities that are to be considered to be the enabling activities referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, the technical screening criteria should be based predominantly on the nature of the manufactured products, combined, where appropriate, with additional quantitative thresholds to ensure that those products can make a substantial contribution to avoidance or reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors. In order to reflect the fact that priority is given to activities that have the greatest potential to avoid producing greenhouse gas emissions, to reduce such emissions or to increase greenhouse gas removals and long-term carbon storage, the enabling manufacturing activities should focus on the manufacturing of products that are necessary for those economic activities and sectors to be carried out.
            
            
               (14)The energy sector accounts for approximately 75 % of greenhouse gas emissions in the Union and thus plays a key role in climate change mitigation. The energy sector has significant potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and several activities in that sector act as enabling activities that facilitate the transition of the energy sector towards renewable or low-carbon electricity or heat. It is therefore appropriate to establish technical screening criteria for a wide range of activities related to the energy supply chain, ranging from electricity or heat generation from different sources, through transmission and distribution networks to storage, as well as heat pumps and the manufacture of biogas and biofuels.
            
            
               (15)The technical screening criteria for determining whether electricity or heat generation activities, including cogeneration activities, contribute substantially to climate change mitigation should ensure that greenhouse gas emissions are reduced or avoided. Technical screening criteria based on greenhouse gas emissions should signal the decarbonisation pathway for those activities. However, they do not fully capture the benefits of combined heat and power generation for primary energy savings and the related resource efficiency. It may therefore be necessary to further assess and review those technical screening criteria. The technical screening criteria for enabling activities that facilitate the long-term decarbonisation should predominantly be based on the nature of the activity or on the best available technologies.
            
            
               (16)Regulation (EU) 2020/852 recognises the importance of ‘climate-neutral energy’ and Article 10(2) of that Regulation requires the Commission, within the context of economic activities that support the transition to a climate-neutral economy, to assess the potential contribution and feasibility of all relevant existing technologies. For nuclear energy, that assessment is still ongoing and the Commission will report on its results in the context of the review of this Regulation.
            
            
               (17)The technical screening criteria for electricity or heat generation activities as well as for transmission and distribution networks should ensure coherence with the Communication from the Commission of 14 October 2020 on an EU strategy to reduce methane emissions
                  9
               . It may therefore be necessary to review, complement, and, where necessary, revise those technical screening criteria to reflect any future metrics and requirements established as follow-up to the Methane Strategy.
            
         
         
            
               (18)The technical screening criteria for the production of heating, cooling and power from bioenergy and the production of biofuels and biogas for transport should take into account the comprehensive sustainability framework for those sectors laid down under Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  10
               , setting requirements for sustainable harvesting, carbon accounting and greenhouse gas emission savings.
            
            
               (19)In the follow-up of to the European Green Deal, the EU Climate Law, the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, and in accordance with the biodiversity and climate neutrality ambitions of the Union, technical screening criteria for bioenergy activities should be complemented, reviewed and where necessary revised by end 2021 to take into account the latest evidence base and policy developments.
            
            
               (20)Greenhouse gas emissions in the Union stemming from the water, sewerage, waste and remediation sector are relatively small. That sector nevertheless has a great potential to contribute to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors, particularly through the provision of secondary raw materials to replace virgin raw materials, through replacing fossil-based products, fertiliser and energy, and through the transport and permanent storage of captured carbon dioxide. Furthermore, activities involving anaerobic digestion as well as composting of separately collected bio-waste which avoid landfilling of bio-waste are particularly important for reducing methane emissions. The technical screening criteria for waste activities should therefore recognise those activities as substantially contributing to climate change mitigation, provided that those activities implement certain best practices for that sector. Those technical screening criteria should also ensure that waste treatment options are in line with higher levels of the waste hierarchy. The technical screening criteria for economic activities concerning water collection, treatment and supply as well as centralised wastewater treatment systems should aim at improving the efficiency of such systems. Those technical screening criteria should therefore take into account absolute performance and relative performance improvement targets in relation to energy consumption and alternative metrics, where relevant, such as leakage levels in water supply systems.
            
            
               (21)Transport operations consume one third of all energy in the Union and account for more than one quarter of the total greenhouse gas emissions in the Union. Decarbonising the transport fleet and infrastructure can therefore play a central role in climate change mitigation. Technical screening criteria for the transport sector should focus on reducing the main emission sources from that sector, while also considering the need to shift the transport of people and goods to lower emission modes and for the creation of an infrastructure that enables clean mobility. Technical screening criteria for the transport sector should therefore focus on the performance within one transport mode, while also taking into account the performance of that transport mode in comparison with other transport modes. 
            
            
               (22)Given their potential to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and thus contribute to greening the transport sector, maritime shipping and aviation constitute important transport modes for the transition to a low-carbon economy. Separate studies are being conducted on sustainable financing criteria for those sectors and it may therefore be necessary to assess those transport modes rapidly and establish relevant technical screening criteria, where appropriate.
            
            
               (23)The building sector is among the largest energy-consuming sectors in the Union, responsible for 40 % of energy consumption and 36 % of carbon emissions. The buildings sector can therefore play an important role in climate change mitigation. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for the construction of new buildings, for building renovation, installation of different energy efficiency equipment, on-site renewables, provision of energy services, and for the acquisition and ownership of buildings. Those technical screening criteria should be based on the potential impact of those activities, on the energy performance of buildings and on related greenhouse gas emissions and embedded carbon. 
            
            
               (24)The construction of an asset or facility that is an integral part of an activity, for which technical screening criteria determining under which conditions that activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation should be established, may represent an important condition to enable that economic activity to be carried out. It is therefore appropriate to include the construction of such assets or facilities directly in the descriptions of the activity for which that construction is relevant, in particular for activities in the energy sector, the water, sewerage, waste and remediation sector as well as the transport sector.
            
            
               (25)The information and communication sector is a constantly growing sector representing an increasing share in greenhouse gas emissions. At the same time, information and communication technologies have the potential to contribute to climate change mitigation and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors, such as by providing solutions that may help decision making enabling greenhouse gas emission reductions. Technical screening criteria should therefore be laid down for data processing and hosting activities that emit high volumes of greenhouse gas, and for data-driven solutions that enable reductions in greenhouse gas emissions in other sectors. The technical screening criteria for those activities should be based on the best practices and standards in that sector. They may need to be reviewed and updated in the future to take into account the greenhouse gas reduction potential from increased durability of information and communication technologies hardware solutions and the potential for digital technologies to be deployed in each sector directly to enable greenhouse gas emissions.
            
            
               (26)Research, development and innovation have the potential to enable other sectors to meet their respective climate change mitigation targets. The technical screening criteria for research, development and innovation activities should therefore focus on the potential of solutions, processes, technologies and other products for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Furthermore, research, development and innovation that are an integral part of those economic activities for which technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation have been established for their own respective performance, can also be of particular importance in assisting those different activities to reach the standards and thresholds established under those criteria.
            
            
               (27)The technical screening criteria for determining under which conditions an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation should reflect the fact that climate change is likely to affect all sectors of the economy. As a result, all sectors will need to be adapted to the impact of climate change. It needs to be ensured, however, that an economic activity that contributes substantially to climate change adaptation causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. It is therefore appropriate to first establish technical screening criteria for climate change adaptation for those sectors that are covered by the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation, including the ‘do no significant harm’ criteria to the environmental objectives.
            
            
               (28)Economic activities that, in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, are to be considered as enabling climate change mitigation activities should also be considered as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation if they have been made climate resilient and insofar as they comply with the technical screening criteria for determining under which conditions those activities qualify as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation. The technical screening criteria for determining whether an enabling activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation are, however, based on the specific description of the nature of the activity itself. To prevent the risk of greenwashing, that description of the nature of those activities should be included in the general description of those activities for the purpose of the technical screening criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation.
            
            
               (29)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change adaptation should be laid down for engineering, research, development, innovation and financial and insurance activities, that have the potential to facilitate climate change adaptation in other sectors. Furthermore, technical screening criteria should also be laid down for education, human health, social work, arts, entertainment and recreation activities. Those activities provide essential services and solutions towards increasing collective resilience of the whole society, they can increase climate literacy and awareness and pose no risk of causing significant harm to other environmental objectives.
            
            
               (30)The technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change adaptation should aim at increasing the resilience of the economic activities against identified climate risks that are material to those activities. The technical screening criteria should require that the economic operators concerned perform a climate change risk assessment and implement adaptation solutions that reduce the most important risks identified in that assessment. The technical screening criteria should also take into account the context- and location-specific nature of adaptation needs and solutions. Furthermore, the technical screening criteria should ensure the integrity of the environmental and climate objectives and should not be disproportionately prescriptive as to the type of solutions implemented. Those technical screening criteria should take into account the need to prevent climate and weather related disasters and manage risk of such disasters and to ensure the resilience of critical infrastructure, in accordance with relevant Union law relating to assessing the risk and mitigating the effects of such disasters.
            
            
               (31)The technical screening criteria for determining whether the economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation cause no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives should aim at ensuring that contribution to one of the environmental objectives is not made at the expense of other environmental objectives. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria play therefore an essential role in ensuring the environmental integrity of the classification of environmentally sustainable activities. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria for a given environmental objective should be specified for those activities that present a risk of causing significant harm to that objective. The ‘do no significant harm’ criteria should take into account the relevant requirements of existing Union law.
            
            
               (32)The technical screening criteria for ensuring that activities that contribute substantially to climate change adaptation do not cause significant harm to climate change mitigation should be laid down for those activities that present a risk of producing significant greenhouse gas emissions while they have the potential to contribute substantially to climate change adaptation.
            
            
               (33)All sectors and activities are likely to be affected by climate change. The technical screening criteria for ensuring that economic activities that contribute substantially to climate change mitigation do not cause significant harm to climate change adaptation should therefore apply to all economic activities. Those criteria should ensure that existing and future risks that are material to the activity are identified and that plans to implement adaptation solutions are designed to minimise or avoid possible losses or impacts on business continuity.
            
            
               (34)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources should be specified for all activities that can pose a risk to such sustainable use and protection. Those criteria should aim at avoiding that activities are detrimental to the good status or the good ecological potential of bodies of water, including surface water and groundwater, or to the good environmental status of marine waters, by requiring that environmental degradation risks are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan.
            
            
               (35)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to transition to a circular economy should be tailored to the specific sectors in order to ensure that economic activities do not lead to inefficiencies in the use of resources or lock-in linear production models, that waste is avoided and reduced and, where unavoidable, managed in accordance with the waste hierarchy. Those criteria should also ensure that economic activities do not undermine the objective of transitioning to a circular economy.
            
            
               (36)The technical screening criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to pollution prevention and control should reflect sector specificities to address the relevant sources and types of pollution into air, water or land, referring, where relevant, to best available techniques conclusions established under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  11
               .
            
            
               (37)The criteria for ‘do no significant harm’ to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems should be specified for all activities that can pose risks to the status or condition of habitats, species or ecosystems and should require that, where relevant, environmental impact assessments or appropriate assessments are undertaken and the conclusions from such assessments are implemented. Those criteria should ensure that even in the absence of a requirement to perform an environmental impact assessment or other appropriate assessment, activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
            
         
         
            
               (38)The technical screening criteria laid down in this Regulation should be without prejudice to the application of requirements related to the health, safety and social sustainability set out in Union law, and to the adoption of appropriate mitigation measures in that regard where applicable.
            
            
               (39)The provisions in this Regulation are closely linked, since they deal with criteria for determining whether an economic activity contributes substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation, and whether such economic activity causes no significant harm to one or more of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852. In order to ensure coherence between those provisions, which should enter into force at the same time, to facilitate a comprehensive view of the legal framework for stakeholders and to facilitate the application of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, it is necessary to include those provisions in a single Delegated Regulation.
            
            
               (40)To ensure that the application of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 evolves with technological, market and policy developments, this Regulation should be regularly reviewed and, where appropriate, amended as regards the activities considered to be contributing substantially to climate change mitigation or climate change adaptation and the corresponding technical screening criteria.
            
            
               (41)In order to comply with Articles 10(6) and 11(6) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, this Regulation should apply from 1 January 2022,
            
            
               HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
            
            
               Article 1
            
            
               The technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 are set out in Annex I to this Regulation.
            
            
               Article 2
            
            
               The technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives laid down in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 are set out in Annex II to this Regulation.
            
            
               Article 3
            
            
               This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
            
            
               It shall apply from 1 January 2022.
            
            
               This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
            
            
               Done at Brussels,
            
            
               
                     For the Commission
               
               
                     The President
                     Ursula VON DER LEYEN
               
            
         
         
      
    ---documentbreak--- 
      
         
         
            
               ANNEX I
            
            
               Technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change mitigation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
            
            
               1.Agriculture and forestry
            
            
               1.1.Growing of non-perennial crops
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Growing of plants that do not last for more than two growing seasons, including for the purpose of seed production.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Protection of non-agricultural land with high carbon stock from land use change
                     
                     
                        (a)Non-perennial crops are not grown on land with high carbon stock, namely on land that had one of the following statuses on the reference date referred to in Articles 29 (3), (4) and (5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           1
                         and no longer has that status:
                     
                     
                        (I)wetlands, namely land that is covered with or saturated by water permanently or for a significant part of the year;
                     
                     
                        (II)continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of more than 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (III)land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of between 10 % and 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (IV)peatland, unless evidence is provided that the cultivation and harvesting of the crop does not involve drainage of previously undrained soil.
                     
                     
                        (b)Where growing of non-perennial crops includes the management of permanent grassland, the permanent grassland is maintained.
                     
                     
                        2. Establishment of a Farm Sustainability Plan
                     
                     
                        A Farm Sustainability Plan sets out the agricultural holding’s strategy to contribute significantly to climate change mitigation by both reducing greenhouse gases (GHG) emissions
                           2
                         and strengthening land carbon sinks (or, in case of saturation, maintaining land carbon stocks)
                           3
                        .
                     
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan:
                     
                     
                        (a)describes the holding’s biophysical environment and cropping system including information on land use change referred to in point 1;
                     
                     
                        (b)measures the holding’s climate baseline, i.e. its average performance in terms of GHG emissions and carbon sequestration in the five years prior to the start of the project;
                     
                     
                        (c)identifies the management practices with the highest potential to substantially contribute to climate change mitigation, and quantifies this potential contribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)identifies the management practices that ensure the compliance with the ‘Do No Significant Harm’ (‘DNSH’) criteria set out in (Section 1.1 of) this Annex, where applicable.
                     
                     
                        3. Compliance with essential management practices
                     
                     
                        To demonstrate that its activities contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and based on the information presented in the Farm Sustainability Plan, the agricultural holding consistently deploys all of the essential management practices listed in Appendix A to this Annex, except those that are clearly not applicable to that holding.
                     
                     
                        4. Farm records
                     
                     
                        The agricultural holding keeps a yearly record of its climate performance, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)information on the deployment of management practices;
                     
                     
                        (b)information on GHG emissions and removals that:
                     
                     
                        (I)is based on best available data;
                     
                     
                        (II)is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, including the good practices regarding the consistency between Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Uses (‘AFOLU’) projects or activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           4
                        .
                     
                     
                        5. Verification of the yearly records and the Farm Sustainability Plan
                     
                     
                        The information in the yearly records and the Farm Sustainability Plan is verified to be complete, correct and of high quality.
                     
                     
                        That verification is carried out by an independent third-party body at the request of the agricultural holding at the beginning of the investment period and every three years thereafter.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           5
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant authority for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-natural waste materials generated in the course of growing of non-perennial crops, including used protected cultivation films, unused agrochemicals or fertilisers, packaging or net wraps are collected by certified waste management operator and recycled or disposed, if hazardous or otherwise not recyclable. Natural (organic) materials and other suitable wastes (which may include pesticide washings) are used for agricultural benefit.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           6
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Council Directive 91/676/EEC
                           7
                        .
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           8
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           9
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           10
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated.
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           11
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           12
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           13
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           14
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               Appendix A :Growing of non-perennial crops: essential management practices
            
            
                     
                        Management category
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Growing of non-perennial crops: essential management practice 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Crop management
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The holding puts in place on arable land an appropriate crop rotation system for up to five crops including at least one legume or a green manure , taking into account the agronomic crop succession requirements specific to each crops grown and climatic conditions, in order to break weed and disease cycles, build up soil fertility and soil organic matter, reduce external input uses (including pesticides, chemical fertilisers) and associated N2O emissions and to increase soil carbon sequestration.
                     
                     
                        Cover and catch crops are sown using a locally appropriate species mixture. The living plant coverage of the agricultural holding is at least 75 % and bare soil is avoided. When rice is cultivated on the agricultural holding, measures are in place to minimise emissions of methane from rice cultivation, which may include shallow flooding, mid-season drying events, off-season straw.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Soil management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan describes soil management and cropping practices deployed in non-perennial crop production in order to protect and improve soil health and organic matter content. Practices are chosen and applied with appropriate care given to key, site-specific soil threats, including soil erosion from wind and water, loss of organic matter, salinisation, compaction, soil acidification, with the objective to prevent, minimise or mitigate the effect of the relevant soil degradation. 
                     
                     
                        The following practices are not used: 
                     
                     
                        (a)practices that disturb histosols and organic soils;
                     
                     
                        (b)artificially lowering water tables on histosols and organic soils;
                     
                     
                        (c)mechanical weeding with inversion tillage between rows;
                     
                     
                        (d)burning of crop residues (except where an exemption has been granted for plant health reasons).
                           15
                        
                     
                     
                        Good soil management practices are in place, including: 
                     
                     
                        (a)practices avoiding or minimizing compaction from the use of heavy machinery;
                     
                     
                        (b)practices aimed at minimizing soil erosion, which may include selection of appropriate crop and crop rotation, increased surface coverage (cover crops, catch crops, mulching), strip cropping, contour planting, intercropping, riparian buffers, tillage (reduced tillage, no-tillage), terraces, grassed waterways, vegetated buffer strips, windbreaks;
                     
                     
                        (c)practices aiming to increase soil organic matter, which may include managing crop residues, increase organic inputs (applying animal manure, using composts, mulches, cover crops, green manure, digestate from anaerobic digestion plants);
                     
                     
                        (d)management practices protecting histosols or peatlands from nutrient leaching and decline in organic matter, which may include decreasing water losses, increasing water supply, enlarging water storage with hollows, active water management, paludiculture on wet/rewetted peatlands;
                     
                     
                        (e)limiting tillage operations with preference to minimum or non-inversion tillage.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Nutrient management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan describes practices performed in non-perennial crop production aiming at minimizing emissions and leaching of excess nutrients to surface and groundwater bodies and nutrient losses to air.
                     
                     
                        Good nutrient management practices are in place to significantly reduce nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers, going beyond the requirements laid down in Directive 91/676/EEC (and the applicable Nitrate Action Plan) and Directive (EU) 2016/2284 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           16
                         (and the applicable Programme of Action). Relevant practices in this category include:
                     
                     
                        (a)implementing a crop nutrient management and fertilisation plan, established with the help of guidelines and software, aiming to improve nutrient use efficiency and minimise nutrient surpluses at holding/field level. That plan is based on:
                     
                     
                        (I)systematic and periodic soil testing to determine, maintain and restore optimum pH range and appropriate nutrient levels in soil;
                     
                     
                        (II)budgeting on nutrients inputs/outputs at holding/field level by establishing the ratio of nutrients (N, P and K) contained in crop and livestock products exported from the farm/field to nutrient inputs to the farm/field, including as fertiliser and feed, taking into account field cropping and yield history, crop residues, soil nutrient level and nutrient providing capacity and planned yields; relevant farm records can be used to calculate all nutrient inputs and outputs. 
                     
                     
                        (b)application techniques reducing ammonia emissions when slurry, solid manure and chemical fertilisers are applied to agricultural soils, which may include injection of slurry below the soil surface; appropriate timing, spreading rate and care for buffer zones in case of land application; nitrification inhibitors; use of variable rate technology and precision farming techniques and technology combining application of chemical fertiliser with seeding; incorporating solid manure into arable soils as soon as possible after spreading; banded spreading of slurry on grasslands reducing overall surface spreading; store manure heap temporarily on field prior to spreading and away from watercourses, change the storage site from year to year;
                     
                     
                        (c)in medium- and high-input farms
                           17
                        , low-emission nutrient storage and application technologies, which may include cooling of liquid manure, covering manure stores, or slurry acidification, slurry injection, band spreading, incorporating manure in the soil as soon as possible on the day of application to field, fertiliser spreaders with low coefficient of variation, injection.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        High-diversity landscape features
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A minimum share of 10 % of the agricultural area is covered with high-diversity landscape features, including hedges, tree groups or single trees, or with non-productive landscape features, including flower strips, buffer strips, terrace walls, ponds, to protect against soil erosion and contribute to carbon sequestration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Energy efficiency
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan describes how the holding has optimised its energy mix by applying the ‘energy efficiency first’ principle and how energy savings strategies are implemented.
                     
                  
               
            
               1.2.Growing of perennial crops
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Growing of plants that lasts for more than two growing seasons, either dying back after each season or growing continuously, including for the purpose of seed production.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Protection of non-agricultural land with high carbon stock from land use change
                     
                     
                        (a)Perennial crops are not grown on land with high carbon stock, namely on land that had one of the following statuses on the reference date referred to in Articles 29 (3), (4) and (5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and no longer has that status:
                     
                     
                        (I)wetlands, namely land that is covered with or saturated by water permanently or for a significant part of the year;
                     
                     
                        (II)continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of more than 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (III)land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of between 10 % and 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (IV)peatland, unless evidence is provided that the cultivation and harvesting of the crop does not involve drainage of previously undrained soil.
                     
                     
                        (b)Where growing of perennial crops includes the management of permanent grassland, the permanent grassland is maintained.
                     
                     
                        2. Establishment of a Farm Sustainability Plan
                     
                     
                        A Farm Sustainability Plan sets out the agricultural holding’s strategy to contribute substantially to climate change mitigation by both reducing GHG emissions
                           18
                         and strengthening land carbon sinks (or, in case of saturation, maintaining land carbon stocks)
                           19
                        .
                     
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan:
                     
                     
                        (a)describes the holding’s biophysical environment and cropping system including information on land use change referred to under point 1;
                     
                     
                        (b)measures the holding’s climate baseline, i.e. its average performance in terms of GHG emissions and carbon sequestration in the five years prior to the start of the project;
                     
                     
                        (c)identifies the management practices with the highest potential to substantially contribute to climate change mitigation, and quantify this potential contribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)identifies the management practices that ensure the compliance with the relevant Do No Significant Harm (‘DNSH’) criteria set out in Section 1.2 of this Annex, where applicable.
                     
                     
                        3. Compliance with essential management practices
                     
                     
                        To demonstrate that its activities contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and based on the information presented in the Farm Sustainability Plan, the agricultural holding consistently deploys all of the essential management practices listed in Appendix A to this Annex, except those that are clearly not applicable to that holding.
                     
                     
                        4. Farm records
                     
                     
                        The agricultural holding keeps a yearly record of its climate performance, including: 
                     
                     
                        (a)information on the deployment of management practices;
                     
                     
                        (b)information on GHG emissions and removals, that:
                     
                     
                        (I)is based on best available data;
                     
                     
                        (II)is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, including the good practices regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects or activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           20
                        .
                     
                     
                        5. Verification of compliance with technical screening criteria
                     
                     
                        The information in the yearly records and the Farm Sustainability Plan and is verified to be complete, correct and of high quality.
                     
                     
                        That verification is carried out by an independent third-party body at the request of the agricultural holding at the beginning of the investment period and every three years thereafter.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           21
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant authority for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-natural waste materials generated in the course of growing of non-perennial crops, including used protected cultivation films, unused agrochemicals or fertilisers, packaging, net wraps, are collected by certified waste management operator and  recycled or disposed, if hazardous or otherwise not recyclable. Natural (organic) materials and other suitable wastes, including pesticide washings are used for agricultural benefit. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           22
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Council Directive 91/676/EEC
                           23
                        .
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           24
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           25
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           26
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated.
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           27
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           28
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           29
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014
                           30
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               Appendix B: Growing of perennial crops: essential management practices
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Management category
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Growing of perennial crops: essential management practice 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Soil management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability plan describes practices deployed in perennial crop production aiming to avoid soil compaction, water logging, soil erosion and loss of soil organic matter.
                     
                     
                        The following practices are not used: 
                     
                     
                        (a)practices that disturb histosols and organic soils;
                     
                     
                        (b)artificially lowering water tables on histosols and organic soils;
                     
                     
                        (c)mechanical weeding with inversion tillage between rows;
                     
                     
                        (d)burning of crop residues, except where an exemption has been granted for plant health reasons
                           31
                        .
                     
                     
                        Good soil management practices are in place, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)practices avoiding or minimizing compaction from the use of heavy machinery
                     
                     
                        (b)weeding techniques to conserve moisture and reduce soil disturbance to minimum, which may include mowing of plant cover between the rows
                     
                     
                        (c)establishing inter-row or between row soil coverage, which may include mulching, grass cover, growing of green manure crops, taking into account local climatic conditions, in order to improve soil moisture and fertility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Nutrient management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability plan describes practices performed in perennial crop production aiming at minimizing emissions and leaching of excess nutrients to surface and groundwater bodies and nutrient losses to air.
                     
                     
                        Good nutrient management practices are in place to significantly reduce nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers, going beyond the requirements laid down in Directive 91/676/EEC (and the applicable Nitrate Action Plan) and Directive (EU) 2016/2284 (and the applicable Programme of Action). Relevant practices in this category include:
                     
                     
                        (a)implementing a crop fertilisation management plan, established with the help of guidelines and software, aiming to improve nutrient use efficiency and minimise nutrient surpluses at plantation/orchards level. The crop fertilisation management plan  is based on:
                     
                     
                        (I)systematic and periodic soil testing to determine, maintain and restore optimum pH range and appropriate nutrient levels in soil, in particular at times prior to establishing new plantation/orchards;
                     
                     
                        (II)regular assessment of the balance of nutrient supply through plant parts and leaves diagnostics;
                     
                     
                        (b)fertilisation management aims at providing the necessary macro-nutrient and essential micronutrients efficiently throughout the growing seasons in accordance with the crop consumption, taking into consideration the species and varieties, expected yield and performed soil/leaf analysis as appropriate;
                     
                     
                        (c)application of appropriate fertilisation techniques, which avoids leaching of nutrients, which may include irrigation by drip, micro sprinklers, or micro-jets, enabling fertilisation that delivers the nutrient directly to the rooting system;
                     
                     
                        (d)maintaining grass cover or green cover/manure in row spacing in order to improve soil organic matter;
                     
                     
                        (e)in medium- and high-input farms
                           32
                        , low-emission nutrient storage and application technologies, which may include cooling of liquid manure, covering manure stores, or slurry acidification, slurry injection, band spreading, incorporating manure in the soil as soon as possible on the day  of application to field , fertiliser spreaders with low coefficient of variation, injection. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        High-diversity landscape features
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A minimum share of 10 % of the agricultural area is covered with high-diversity landscape features, including hedges, tree groups or single trees, or with non-productive landscape features, including flower strips, buffer strips, terrace walls, ponds, to protect against soil erosion and contribute to carbon sequestration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Energy efficiency
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan describes how the holding has optimised its energy mix by applying the ‘energy efficiency first’ principle and energy savings strategies implemented.
                     
                  
               
            
               1.3.Livestock production
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Raising (farming) and breeding of all animals, except aquatic animals. Livestock production excludes farm animal boarding and care and production of hides and skins from slaughterhouses.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Protection of non-agricultural land with high carbon stock from land use change
                     
                     
                        (a)The livestock production is not undertaken on land with high carbon stock, namely on land that had one of the following statuses on the reference date referred to in Articles 29 (3), (4) and (5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and no longer has that status:
                     
                     
                        (I)wetlands, namely land that is covered with or saturated by water permanently or for a significant part of the year;
                     
                     
                        (II)continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of more than 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (III)land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five metres and a canopy cover of between 10 % and 30 %, or trees able to reach those thresholds in situ;
                     
                     
                        (IV)peatland, unless evidence is provided that the cultivation and harvesting of the crop does not involve drainage of previously undrained soil.
                     
                     
                        (b)Where livestock production includes the management of permanent grassland, the permanent grassland is maintained.
                     
                     
                        2. Establishment of a Farm Sustainability Plan
                     
                     
                        A Farm Sustainability Plan sets out the agricultural holding’s strategy to contribute substantially to climate change mitigation by both reducing GHG emissions
                           33
                         and strengthening land carbon sinks (or, in case of saturation, maintaining land carbon stocks)
                           34
                        . 
                     
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan:
                     
                     
                        (a)describes the holding’s biophysical environment and growing system including information on land use change referred to under point 1;
                     
                     
                        (b)measures the holding’s climate baseline, i.e. its average performance in terms of GHG emissions and carbon sequestration in the five years prior to the start of the project;
                     
                     
                        (c)identifies the management practices with the highest potential to contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and quantifies this potential contribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)identifies the management practices that ensure the compliance with the relevant Do No Significant Harm (‘DNSH’) criteria set out in Section 1.3 of this Annex, where applicable.
                     
                     
                        3. Compliance with essential management practices
                     
                     
                        To demonstrate that its activities contribute substantially to climate change mitigation and based on the information presented in the Farm Sustainability Plan, the agricultural holding consistently deploys all of the essential management practices listed in Appendix A to this Annex, except those that are clearly not applicable to that holding.
                     
                     
                        4. Farm records
                     
                     
                        The agricultural holding keeps a yearly record of its climate performance, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)information on the deployment of management practices;
                     
                     
                        (b)information on GHG emissions and removals, that:
                     
                     
                        (I)is based on best available data; 
                     
                     
                        (II)is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, including the good practices regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects or activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           35
                        .
                     
                     
                        5. Verification of compliance with technical screening criteria
                     
                     
                        The information in the yearly records and the Farm Sustainability Plan is verified to be complete, correct and of high quality.
                     
                     
                        That verification is carried out by an independent third-party body at the request of the agricultural holding at the beginning of the investment period and every three years thereafter
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E of this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           36
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant competent authority for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           37
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Council Directive 91/676/EEC
                           38
                        .
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           39
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           40
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           41
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated;
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           42
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           43
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           44
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014
                           45
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               Appendix C: Livestock production: essential management practices
            
            
                     
                        Management category
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Livestock production: essential management practice
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Animal Husbandry:
                     
                     
                        Herd management
                     
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plans describes practices that can reduce the GHG emission footprint of the holding via more efficient herd management.
                     
                     
                        Good herd management practices are used, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)breed selection adapted to the local conditions and according to the farm type, which may include selection of locally adapted and traditional breeds and strains, more resource-efficient breeds with higher yields with lower GHG intensities;
                     
                     
                        (b)animal health management practices in order to maintain animal health, reduce the need for veterinary treatments and minimise stock morbidity and mortality;
                     
                     
                        (c)practices optimizing herd/flock profile management in order to mitigate methane emissions from enteric fermentation and optimise resource efficiency by increasing productivity, including optimizing culling age, increasing longevity of animals by improving animal health, optimizing fertility rate where high fertility rates contribute to lower GHG emissions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Animal Husbandry:
                     
                     
                        Feeding 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability plan describes the practices that can reduce the nitrogen load and associated GHG emissions to the environment through feeding regimes and techniques.
                     
                     
                        Good feeding practices are used, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)practices that reduce GHG emission through dietary reduction of nitrogen excretion, which may include using high-sugar grasses or maize silage for ruminants, applying phase feeding, using low-protein feeds, such as low-dry-matter alfalfa silage, multiphase feeding with a diet formulation adapted to the specific requirements of the production period, reducing the crude protein content by using a N-balanced diet based on the energy needs and digestible amino acids;
                     
                     
                        (b)dietary practices that reduce methane emissions from enteric fermentation of ruminants, which may include increasing forage digestibility and digestible forage intake; use of authorised feed additives, which reduces methane emissions from enteric fermentation;
                     
                     
                        (c)sustainable procurement of feed - when purchasing feeds with large potential upstream impacts, including indirect land use change, for instance, soya and palm oil based feeds, selecting feeds that are sustainably sourced and certified by a recognised body as being from areas not recently converted from natural habitats.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Manure management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability plan describes the installations and practices performed in livestock production aiming at minimizing ammonia and methane emissions and leaching of nitrates from livestock manure handling, storage and spreading.
                     
                     
                        Good manure management practices are used, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)anaerobic digestion - treat slurries and manures in an on-farm anaerobic digestion system or at an adjacent anaerobic digestion plant to produce biogas that can be captured and used to generate heat and electricity or upgraded to biomethane, displacing fossil fuels; treatment of farm manure off-site in industrial installations;
                     
                     
                        (b)treatment of slurries and manures in an on-farm facility, which may include  separation of the on-farm generated slurries or the digestate from on-farm anaerobic digestion into solid and liquid fractions prior to storage and application to agricultural land and use of manure additives reducing the gaseous emissions;
                     
                     
                        (c)appropriate slurry processing and storage systems for slurry or digestate, which may include  appropriate slurry storage systems reducing emissions from surface by reducing the surface area/volume ratio, cooling of slurry, minimizing stirring of slurry,  applying slurry acidification, adequate slurry storage capacity;
                     
                     
                        (d)appropriate solid manure handling and storage to reduce emissions and run-offs, which may include minimizing the emitting surface area of manure heap, coverage of manure heap or manure store located away from watercourses, manure heap temporarily stored on field prior to spreading are located away from watercourses and the storage site varies from year to year, collection of any potential run-off and diverting into either an on-site liquid slurry system or back into the manure heap;
                     
                     
                        (e)application techniques to reduce ammonia emissions when slurry and solid manure are applied to agricultural soils, which may include injection of slurry below the soil surface, incorporating solid manure into arable soils as soon as possible on the same day of application to field, banded spreading on grasslands reducing overall surface spreading;
                     
                     
                        (f)nutrient management practices to reduce significantly nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers, going beyond the requirements laid down in Directive 91/676/EEC (and the applicable Nitrate Action Plan) and in Directive (EU) 2016/2284 (and the applicable Programme of Action). Relevant practices in this category are those that improve nutrient use efficiency and ensure balanced nitrogen fertilisation, such as by using fertilisation plans for the growing season (backed up with software support of publications for computing support), nitrification inhibitors, enhancing nutrient retention in soils, appropriate timing, spreading rate and care for buffer zones in case of land application and by using variable rate technology and precision farming.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Soil management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability plan describes practices that preserve grasslands and meadows (either grazed or mowed for hay/silage) jointly managed with livestock production, and avoid soil compaction, water logging, soil erosion and loss of soil organic matter. 
                     
                     
                        The following practices are not used: 
                     
                     
                        (a)practices that disturb histosols and organic soils;
                     
                     
                        (b)artificially lowering water tables on histosols and organic soils.
                     
                     
                        Good soil management practices are used, including:
                     
                     
                        (a)practices that avoid or minimise compaction from the use of heavy machinery;
                     
                     
                        (b)limiting tillage operations with preference to minimum or non-inversion tillage; 
                     
                     
                        (c)adjusting stocking density to soil conditions to avoid compaction on wet soils; 
                     
                     
                        (d)grassland management practices that make the best possible use of grass areas used for grazing by livestock farms by optimizing pasture growth rate and pasture quality as well as its utilisation by livestock, except in extensive grazing systems, while ensuring that average grass cover rates are achieved at critical times of the year, which may include optimum grazing times based on local circumstances and grass height monitoring, implementing rotational and strip grazing, pasture renovation to improve quality.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Energy use
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Farm Sustainability Plan describes how the holding has optimised its energy mix by applying the energy efficiency first principle and energy savings strategies,
                     
                  
               
               
            
               1.4.Afforestation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Establishment of forest through planting or deliberate seeding on land that, until then, was under a different land use or not used. Afforestation implies a transformation of land use from non-forest to forest, in accordance with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (‘FAO’) definition of afforestation
                  46
               , where forest means a land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  47
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Afforestation plan
                     
                     
                        1.1. The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a long-term (10 years or more) afforestation plan developed prior to the start of the activity, until this area matches the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory or where not available, is in line with the FAO definition of forest.
                     
                     
                        The afforestation plan contains all elements required by the national law relating to environmental impact assessment of afforestation or, where such a national law does not exists, the plan includes detailed information on the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)description of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (b)site preparation and its impacts on pre-existing carbon stocks, including soils and above-ground biomass, in order to protect land with high carbon stock;
                     
                     
                        (c)management goals, including major constraints;
                     
                     
                        (d)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (e)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (f)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (g)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (h)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of concerned stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (i)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2. The activity follows the best afforestation practices laid down in national law, or, where no such best afforestation practices have been laid down in national law, the activity complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity complies with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014
                           48
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity follows the “Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC”
                           49
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)the management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           50
                        , and as of the date of its application with the implementing act establishing the operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           51
                        .
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to afforestation are addressed in the afforestation plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The afforestation plan provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the activity and every five years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the afforestation plan is verified by the relevant national competent authorities, or by an independent third-party certifier, such as forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or of the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the afforestation activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices.
                     
                     
                        The business as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years after the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects and activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           52
                        .
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        Where the plan referred to in point 1 includes wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, the scope of the analysis includes a consideration of the GHG emissions and removals induced by the production resulting from the planned wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, unless it is de minimis for the calculation of the climate benefit to exclude this consideration.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the correctness of the climate benefits analysis, including with regard to the emissions and removals monitored on the area, is controlled by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the relevant national competent authorities;
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3. Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that activity complies with Regulation 2020/853, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would have not been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)a relevant national competent authority if any, 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities, or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Guarantee of permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national law, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument will continue to deliver climate benefits, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to inpoint 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant independent third party certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           53
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           54
                        , with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants
                           55
                        , the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade
                           56
                        , the Minamata Convention on Mercury
                           57
                        , the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer
                           58
                        , and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           59
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.5.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests
            
            
               Description of the activity
                     
            
         
         
            
               The activity meets the definitions of rehabilitation and restoration of forests established by national law. Where national law do not contain such a definition, the activity meets a definition with broad agreement in the peer-reviewed scientific literature for specific countries. 
            
            
               The activity implies no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  60
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           61
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing detailed information on the following: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           62
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive,
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan or equivalent instrument. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the afforestation activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices.
                     
                     
                        The business as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years after the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects and activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           63
                        .
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        Where the plan referred to in point 1 includes wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, the scope of the analysis includes a consideration of the GHG emissions and removals induced by the production resulting from the planned wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, unless it is de minimis for the calculation of the climate benefit to exclude this consideration.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the correctness of the climate benefits analysis, including with regard to the emissions and removals monitored on the area, is controlled by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the relevant national competent authorities;
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3. Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that activity complies with Regulation 2020/853, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would have not been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)a relevant national competent authority if any, 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities, or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Guarantee of permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national law, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument will continue to deliver climate benefits, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to in point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant independent third-party certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           64
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.6.Reforestation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity meets the definition of reforestation established by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, the activity meets the FAO definition of reforestation
                  65
                or the FAO definition of naturally regenerating forest 
                  66
               . The activity implies no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  67
               . For the purposes of Regulation 2020/853, the category ‘reforestation’ applies in cases following extreme events (such as wind throws, fires), and not as part of normal, legally binding obligation to reforest after harvesting.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           68
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           69
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the afforestation activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices.
                     
                     
                        The business as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years after the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects and activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           70
                        .
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        Where the plan referred to in point 1 includes wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, the scope of the analysis includes a consideration of the GHG emissions and removals induced by the production resulting from the planned wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, unless it is de minimis for the calculation of the climate benefit to exclude this consideration.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the correctness of the climate benefits analysis, including with regard to the emissions and removals monitored on the area, is controlled by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the relevant national competent authorities;
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3. Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that activity complies with Regulation 2020/853, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would have not been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)a relevant national competent authority if any, 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities, or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Guarantee of permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national law, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument will continue to deliver climate benefits, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to inpoint 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant independent third-party certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           71
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           72
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.7.Improved forest management
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity meets the definition of improved forest management set out in national law.  Where national law does not contain such a definition, the activity refers to management interventions in forests done for the purpose of climate change mitigation, demonstrated through a climate benefit analysis. The activity assumes no change in land use and occurs on land matching the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  73
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           74
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           75
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (c)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (d)the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the period and every 5 years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the afforestation activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices.
                     
                     
                        The business as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years after the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects and activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           76
                        .
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        Where the plan referred to in point 1 includes wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, the scope of the analysis includes a consideration of the GHG emissions and removals induced by the production resulting from the planned wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, unless it is de minimis for the calculation of the climate benefit to exclude this consideration.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the correctness of the climate benefits analysis, including with regard to the emissions and removals monitored on the area, is controlled by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the relevant national competent authorities;
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3. Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that activity complies with Regulation 2020/853, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would have not been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)a relevant national competent authority if any, 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities, or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Guarantee of permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national law, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument will continue to deliver climate benefits, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant independent third-party certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           77
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           78
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.8.Conservation forestry
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity covers forest management activities with the objective of preserving one or more habitats or species.. The activity assumes no change in land category and occurs on land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  79
               .
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national regulation dos not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of “’orest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           80
                        .
                     
                     
                        In particular, the forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)
                              management goals, including major constraints;
                     
                     
                        (b)
                              general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)
                              definition of the forest habitat context, main forest tree species and those intended and their extent and distribution; in accordance to the local forest ecosystem context;
                     
                     
                        (d)
                              definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)
                              compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)
                              measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)
                              consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (h) assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument:
                     
                     
                        (a)shows a primary designated management objective
                           81
                         that consists in protection of soil and water
                           82
                        , conservation of biodiversity
                           83
                         or social services
                           84
                         based on the FAO definitions;
                     
                     
                        (b)follows biodiversity-friendly practices such as closer-to-nature-forestry;
                     
                     
                        (c)includes an analysis of: 
                     
                     
                        (I)impacts and pressures on habitat conservation and diversity of associated habitats;
                     
                     
                        (II)condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts;
                     
                     
                        (III)other activities that have an impact on conservation objectives, such as hunting and fishing, agricultural, pastoral and forestry activities, industrial, mining, and commercial activities.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1 is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the national definition of sustainable forest management, if any;
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria as defined in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.4. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.5. All DNSH relevant to conservation forestry criteria are addressed in the forest management plan or equivalent instrument.
                     
                     
                        1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.7. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by either the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years starting at the beginning of the activity, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the afforestation activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices.
                     
                     
                        The business as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the management practices as documented in the latest version of the forest management plan or equivalent instrument before the start of the activity, if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the practices corresponding to a management system ensuring that carbon stocks and sinks levels in the forest area are maintained or strengthened over the long term as set out in Article 29(7), point (b), of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years after the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects and activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           85
                        .
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risks of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        Where the plan referred to in point 1 includes logging events, the scope of the analysis includes a consideration of the GHG emissions and removals induced by the production resulting from the planned wood harvesting and removal for wood-based products, unless it is de minimis for the calculation of the climate benefit to exclude this consideration.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, forest fires, wind, storm damages, that impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided that the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the correctness of the climate benefits analysis, including with regard to the emissions and removals monitored on the area, is controlled by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the relevant national competent authorities;
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3. Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that activity complies with Regulation 2020/853 and thus eligible for financing as an environmentally sustainable investment, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would have not been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)a relevant national competent authority if any, 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier, at the request of national authorities, or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Guarantee of permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national law, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates to the afforestation plan and the subsequent forest management plan or equivalent instrument will continue to deliver climate benefits, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to inpoint 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant independent third-party certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           86
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not use pesticides or fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade , the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           87
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (d)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (e)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (g)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (h)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (i)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (j)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               2.Environmental protection and restoration activities
            
            
               2.1.Restoration of wetlands
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Restoration of wetlands, with wetlands meaning land matching the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention)
                  88
                international definition of wetland
                  89
               . The concerned area matches the Union definition of wetlands, as provided in the Commission Communication on the wise use and conservation of wetlands
                  90
               .
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006, but relates to class 6 of the statistical classification of environmental protection activities (CEPA) established by Regulation (EU) No 691/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  91
               .
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1.
                              Restoration plan
                     
                     
                        1.1. The area is covered by a restoration plan, which is consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s principles and guidelines on wetland restoration
                           92
                        , until the area is classified as a wetland and is covered by a wetland management plan, consistent with the Ramsar Convention’s guidelines for management planning for Ramsar sites and other wetlands
                           93
                        . For peatlands, the restoration plan follows the recommendations contained in relevant resolutions of the Ramsar Convention, including the resolution XIII/13.
                     
                     
                        1.2. The restoration plan contains careful consideration of local hydrological and pedological conditions, including the dynamics of soil saturation and the change of aerobic and anaerobic conditions.
                     
                     
                        1.3. All wetland management relevant DNSH criteria are addressed in the restoration plan.
                     
                     
                        1.4. The restoration plan provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.5. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of restoration with the restoration plan, is verified by the relevant national competent authorities, if any, or, either at the request of those competent authorities or the owner, is audited by an independent third-party certifier. The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder and not involved in the development of the activity.
                     
                     
                        2.
                              Climate benefit analysis
                     
                     
                        2.1. The climate benefits analysis establishes a baseline, corresponding to the balance of GHG emissions and removals over a period of 20 years, associated to the business-as-usual practices that would have occurred on the involved area in the absence of the restoration activity, and provides an estimate of the long-term average GHG balance of those business-as-usual practices. 
                     
                     
                        The business-as-usual practices can be one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)management practices as documented prior to the start of the activity, if any;
                     
                     
                        (b)the most recent business-as-usual practices prior to the start of the activity.
                     
                     
                        Information on the emissions and removals used for the baseline is transparent, accurate, consistent, complete and comparable.
                     
                     
                        2.2. The climate benefit analysis demonstrate both of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the net balance of GHG emissions and removals generated by the activity over a period of 20 years from the beginning of the activity is higher that the baseline referred to in point 2.1;
                     
                     
                        (b)the projected long-term average GHG balance of the activity is higher than the long-term average GHG balance projected for the baseline, referred to in point 2.1. 
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories regarding the consistency between AFOLU projects or activities and IPCC inventory guidelines
                           94
                        . In particular, if the wetland definition used in that analysis differs from the wetland definition used in the national GHG inventory, the analysis includes an identification of the different land categories covered by the involved area.
                     
                     
                        The climate benefit analysis is based on the most conservative assumptions for calculations and includes appropriate considerations about the risk of non-permanence and reversals of carbon sequestration, the risk of saturation and the risk of leakage. 
                     
                     
                        For coastal wetlands, climate benefit analysis considers projections of expected relative sea level rise and the potential that the wetlands will migrate.
                     
                     
                        2.3. Emissions and carbon removals that occur due to natural disturbances, such as pests and diseases infestations, fires, wind, storm damages, which impacts the area and cause underperformance do not result in non-compliance with the criteria of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, provided the climate benefit analysis is consistent with the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas on emissions and removals due to natural disturbances and, as long as the plan includes adaptation measures to limit risks related to climate change.
                     
                     
                        2.4. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the climate benefits analysis is verified by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        a)
                              relevant national competent authorities if any; 
                     
                     
                        b)
                              an independent third-party certifier at the request of national authorities or of the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        3.
                              Additionality
                     
                     
                        3.1. The additionality of the activity is demonstrated. The demonstration provides evidence ensuring that the activity is not compulsory or customary and that, without the activity being accepted for financing as a sustainable investment, based on the recognition that the activity complies with Regulation (EU) 2020/852, one of the following conditions would have been met: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity would not have been implemented or its economic, environmental and/or social aspects would have been significantly altered;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity would not have been possible due to knowledge or behavioural barriers;
                     
                     
                        (c)the area would be converted and used for other activities, having negative impacts on climate mitigation.
                     
                     
                        3.2. The additionality is demonstrated by either of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)relevant national competent authorities if any; 
                     
                     
                        (b)an independent third-party certifier at the request of national authorities or of the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        4. Permanence
                     
                     
                        The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a legal protection as defined by the national legislation, ensuring its non-conversion to other land uses. The operator of the activity commits that future updates of the wetland restoration plan or the wetland management plan guarantee the permanence of the climate benefit provided by the activity, as determined in point 2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           95
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Peat extraction is minimised.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is minimised and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           96
                        . The activity complies with relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 (Restoration plan) of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a) ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b) excluding the use or release of invasive species.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               3.Manufacturing
            
            
               3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of renewable energy technologies.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.25, C.27, C.28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity manufactures renewable energy technologies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           97
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           98
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           99
                        . For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           100
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or  near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           101
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           102
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production of hydrogen
            
         
         
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of equipment for the production of hydrogen.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.25, C.27, C.28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity manufactures hydrogen electrolysis technologies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           103
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           104
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           105
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           106
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           107
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
            
               3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of low carbon transport vehicles, fleets and vessels and key components.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.27.1.1, C.27.9.0, C.29.1.0, C.29.2.0, C.30.1.1, C.30.1.2 C.30.2.0, C.30.9.1, C.30.9.2, C.30.9.9 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity manufactures:
                     
                     
                        (a)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (b)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode);
                     
                     
                        (c)urban, suburban and road passenger transport devices, where the direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
                     
                     
                        (d)personal mobility devices with a propulsion that comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity;
                     
                     
                        (e) vehicles of category M1 and N1
                           108
                         with:
                     
                     
                        (i) until 31 December 2025: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           109
                        , lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
                     
                     
                        (ii) from 1 January 2026: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero;
                     
                     
                        (f)vehicles of category L
                           110
                         with tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           111
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (g)vehicles not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242
                           112
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (h)vehicles not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12) of that Regulation;
                     
                     
                        (i)inland passenger water transport vessels that:
                     
                     
                        (I)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (II)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid vessels using at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
                     
                     
                        (j)inland freight water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
                     
                     
                        (I)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
                     
                     
                        (II)until 31 December 2025, have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator
                           113
                        , 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH)  in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
                     
                     
                        (k) sea and coastal freight water transport vessels not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
                     
                     
                        (I)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (II)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid vessels that use at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
                     
                     
                        (III) until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proved that the vessels are used exclusively for provision of coastal services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels that have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI)
                           114
                        , 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
                     
                     
                        (IV) until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10% below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022
                           115
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (l)sea and coastal passenger water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
                     
                     
                        (I)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (II)until 31 December 2025, hybrid vessels use at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
                     
                     
                        (III) until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10% below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           116
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           117
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           118
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           119
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           120
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.4.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C16.23, C17.11, C22.23, C23.11, C23.20, C23.31, C23.32, C23.43, C25.11, C25.12, C25.21, C25.29, C25.93, C27.31, C27.32, C27.33, C27.40, C27.51, C28.11, C28.12, C28.13, C28.14, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity manufactures one or more of the following products and their key components:
                     
                     
                        (a)windows with U-value lower or equal to 0.7 W/m2K;
                     
                     
                        (b)doors with U-value lower or equal to 1.2 W/m2K;
                     
                     
                        (c)external cladding with U-value lower or equal to 0.5 W/m2K;
                     
                     
                        (d)roofing systems with U-value lower or equal to 0.3 W/m2K;
                     
                     
                        (e)household appliances falling into the top two energy efficiency classes in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           121
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (f)lighting appliances rated in the top two energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
                     
                     
                        (g)space heating and domestic hot water systems rated in the top energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
                     
                     
                        (h)cooling and ventilation systems rated in the top two energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
                     
                     
                        (i)presence and daylight controls for lighting systems;
                     
                     
                        (j)heat pumps compliant with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 4.16 of this Annex;
                     
                     
                        (k)façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation;
                     
                     
                        (l)energy-efficient building automation and control systems for commercial buildings;
                     
                     
                        (m)zoned thermostats and devices for the smart monitoring of the main electricity loads for residential buildings, and sensoring equipment;
                     
                     
                        (n)products for heat metering and thermostatic controls for individual homes connected to district heating systems and individual flats connected to central heating systems serving a whole building. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           122
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           123
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           124
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           125
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           126
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.5.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of low carbon technologies that result in substantial GHG emission reductions in other sectors of the economy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes from C10 to C33, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity manufactures low carbon technologies (and their key components) that demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/product/solution available on the market.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU
                           127
                         or, alternatively, ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           128
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           129
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           130
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           131
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           132
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.6.Manufacture of cement
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of cement clinker, cement or alternative blinder. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C23.51 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity manufactures one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)grey cement clinker where the specific GHG emissions
                           133
                         are lower than [xxx
                           134
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of grey cement clinker;
                     
                     
                        (b)cement or alternative hydraulic binder, from grey clinker, where the specific GHG emissions
                           135
                         from the clinker and cement or alternative binder production are lower than [xxx
                           136
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of cement or alternative binder manufactured;
                     
                     
                        Where CO2 emitted from the manufacturing process is captured, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           137
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide
                           138
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur
                           139
                        .
                     
                     
                        For manufacture of cement employing hazardous wastes as alternative fuels, measures are in place to ensure the safe handling of waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           140
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           141
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           142
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           143
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.7.Manufacture of aluminium
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of aluminium through primary alumina (bauxite) process or secondary aluminium recycling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C24.42 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity manufactures one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)primary aluminium where the sum of direct GHG emissions and indirect GHG emissions
                           144
                         is lower than [xxx
                           145
                        ] tCO2 per tonne of aluminium manufactured
                           146
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)secondary aluminium.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           147
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the non-ferrous metals industries
                           148
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           149
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           150
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           151
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           152
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.8.Manufacture of iron and steel
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of iron and steel. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C24.10, C24.20, C24.31, C24.32, C24.33, C24.34, C24.51 and C24.52 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity manufactures one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)iron and steel with GHG emissions
                           153
                         lower than the following values applied to the different manufacturing process steps:
                     
                     
                        (I)hot metal = [xxx
                           154
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (II)sintered ore = [xxx
                           155
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (III) coke (excluding lignite coke) = [xxx
                           156
                        ] tCO2e/t product;
                     
                     
                        (IV) iron casting = [xxx
                           157
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (V)electric Arc Furnace (EAF) high alloy steel = [xxx
                           158
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (VI) electric Arc Furnace (EAF) carbon steel = [xxx
                           159
                        ] tCO2e/t product.
                     
                     
                        (b) steel in electric arc furnaces (EAFs) and at least 90 % of the iron content in the final products is sourced from scrap steel.
                     
                     
                        Where the CO2 emitted from the manufacturing process is captured, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           160
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for iron and steel production
                           161
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           162
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           163
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           164
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           165
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.9.Manufacture of hydrogen
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of hydrogen.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 80 % relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ [resulting in 2.256 tCO2eq/tH2] in analogy to the approach set out in Article 25(2) of and Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           166
                        .
                     
                     
                        Life cycle GHG emissions savings are calculated using the methodology referred to in Article 28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified in line with Article 30 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 where applicable, or by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        Where the CO2 emitted from the manufacturing process is captured, the CO2 is transported and stored underground, in accordance with the technical screening criteria set out in Section 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           167
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the [the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           168
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           169
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           170
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           171
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.10.Manufacture of carbon black
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of carbon black.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           172
                         from the carbon black production processes are lower than [xxx
                           173
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of product.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           174
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry
                           175
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector
                           176
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.] 
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           177
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           178
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           179
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           180
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.11.Manufacture of disodium carbonate
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of disodium carbonate (soda ash).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           181
                         from the disodium carbonate (soda ash) production processes are lower than [xxx
                           182
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of product.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           183
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           184
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           185
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           186
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           187
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.12.Manufacture of chlorine
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of chlorine.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Electricity consumption for electrolysis and chlorine treatment is equal or lower than 2.45 MWh per tonne of chlorine.
                     
                     
                        Average life-cycle GHG emissions of the electricity used for chlorine production is at or lower than 100 g CO2e/kWh. 
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           188
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali
                           189
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector].
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           190
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           191
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           192
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           193
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.13.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of: 
            
            
               (a)high volume chemicals (HVC):
            
         
         
            
               (i)acetylene;
            
            
               (ii)ethylene;
            
            
               (iii)propylene;
            
            
               (iv)butadiene.
            
            
               (b)Aromatics: 
            
            
               (i)mixed alkylbenzenes, mixed alkylnaphthalenes other than HS 2707 or 2902;
            
            
               (ii)cyclohexane;
            
            
               (iii)benzene;
            
            
               (iv)toluene;
            
            
               (v)o-Xylene;
            
            
               (vi)p-Xylene;
            
            
               (vii)m-Xylene and mixed xylene isomers;
            
            
               (viii)ethylbenzene;
            
            
               (ix)cumene;
            
            
               (x)biphenyl, terphenyls, vinyltoluenes, other cyclic hydrocarbons excluding cyclanes, cyclenes, cycloterpenes, benzene, toluene, xylenes, styrene, ethylbenzene, cumene,naphthalene, anthracene;
            
            
               (xi)benzol (benzene), toluol (toluene) and xylol (xylenes)
            
            
               (xii)naphthalene and other aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures (excluding benzole, toluole, xylole).
            
            
               (c)vinyl chloride;
            
            
               (d)styrene;
            
            
               (e)ethylene oxide;
            
         
         
            
               (f)monoethylene glycol;
            
            
               (g)adipic acid.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.14 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           194
                         from the organic basic chemicals production processes are lower than:
                     
                     
                        (a)for HVC: [xxx
                           195
                        ] tCO2e/t of HVC; 
                     
                     
                        (b)for aromatics: [xxx
                           196
                        ] tCO2e/t of aromatic; 
                     
                     
                        (c)for vinyl chloride: [xxx
                           197
                        ] tCO2e/t of vinyl chloride; 
                     
                     
                        (d)for styrene: [xxx
                           198
                        ] tCO2e/t of styrene;
                     
                     
                        (e)for ethylene oxide/ethylene glycols: [xxx
                           199
                        ] tCO2e/t of ethylene oxide/glycol;
                     
                     
                        (f)for adipic acid: [xxx
                           200
                        ] tCO2e /t of adipic acid.
                     
                     
                        Where the organic chemicals in scope are produced wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured chemical, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent chemical manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        Food or feed crops are not used as bio-based feedstock for the manufacture of organic basic chemicals.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           201
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of large volumes organic chemicals
                           202
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           203
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           204
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           205
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           206
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.14.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           207
                         from the manufacture of ammonia are lower than [xxx
                           208
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of ammonia.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           209
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers
                           210
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           211
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           212
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           213
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           214
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.15.Manufacture of nitric acid
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of nitric acid.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           215
                         from the manufacture of nitric acid are lower than [xxx
                           216
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of nitric acid.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           217
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           218
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           219
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           220
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           221
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               3.16.Manufacture of plastics in primary form
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture resins, plastics materials and non-vulcanisable thermoplastic elastomers, the mixing and blending of resins on a custom basis, as well as the manufacture of non-customised synthetic resins.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.16 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The plastic in primary form is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)fully manufactured by mechanical recycling of plastic waste;
                     
                     
                        (b)fully manufactured by chemical recycling of plastic waste and the life-cycle GHG emissions of the manufactured plastic, excluding any calculated benefit from the production of fuels, are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent primary plastic manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        (c)derived wholly or partially from renewable feedstock
                           222
                         and its life-cycle GHG emissions are lower than the life-cycle GHG emissions of the equivalent plastics in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        Food or feed crops are not used as bio-based feedstock for the manufacture of plastic in primary form.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           223
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Production of Polymers
                           224
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           225
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           226
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           227
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           228
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               4.Energy
            
            
               4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using solar photovoltaic (PV) technology.
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity generates electricity using solar PV technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           229
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           230
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           231
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           232
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity generates electricity using CSP technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           233
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           234
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           235
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           236
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           237
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.3.Electricity generation from wind power
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from wind power. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity generates electricity from wind power.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In case of construction of offshore wind, the activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           238
                         in relation to its Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848
                           239
                         in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           240
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           241
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           242
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           243
                         are implemented.
                           244
                        
                     
                     
                        In case of offshore wind, the activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed integrity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and Commission Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
                     
                  
               
            
               4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from ocean energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity generates electricity from ocean energy.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           245
                        , which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           246
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           247
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           248
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           249
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and Commission Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
                     
                  
               
               4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from hydropower, including mixed pumped hydropower storage.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with either of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a) the life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity from hydropower, including mixed pumped hydropower storage connected to a free-flowing water source are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                        The life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018, ISO 14064-1:2018 or the G-res tool
                           250
                        . Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        (b) the power density of the electricity generation facility is above 5 W/m2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1. Operation of existing hydropower plants, including refurbishment activities to enhance renewable energy or energy storage potential.
                     
                     
                        All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures have been implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
                     
                     
                        The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
                     
                     
                        The operation of the hydropower plant fully complies with that authorisation or permit issued by the competent authority, and sets out all relevant mitigation measures necessary to: 
                     
                     
                        (a)ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity in the specific water body the plant relates to, including state-of-the-art and fully functional fish passes and turbines preventing fish kill, measures to ensure minimum ecological flow and sediment flow, adaptation of the operation of the plant;
                     
                     
                        (b)reduce the impact of hydropeaking;
                     
                     
                        (c)protect or enhance habitats for aquatic species;
                     
                     
                        (d)reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication.
                     
                     
                        2. Construction of new hydropower plants
                     
                     
                        The plants are conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that they comply with one of the following: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the plants do not entail any deterioration nor compromise the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body they relate to, as demonstrated by a cumulative impact assessment referred to in this Section;
                     
                     
                        (b)the plants do neither significantly deteriorate nor compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body they relate to and are justified by overriding reasons in the public interest.
                     
                     
                        The plants are conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that they do not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
                     
                     
                        A cumulative impact assessment has been performed that identifies and addresses any significant regional or basin-level environmental impacts. The assessment:
                     
                     
                        (a)addresses all potential impacts on water bodies, as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular: 
                     
                     
                        (I)migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions;
                     
                     
                        (II)all impacts of existing and of already authorised and planned infrastructure developments in the basin, for example as part of a hydropower cascade or of other activities (for example agriculture, transport etc.);
                     
                     
                        (b)is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydrological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
                     
                     
                        The cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the project does not permanently exclude the achievement of the objectives of good status/potential in other water bodies or connected ecosystems within the same river basin district.
                     
                     
                        Where the cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the envisaged project neither deteriorates nor compromises the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body, as a result of site-specific conditions or the use of state-of-the-art technology, the operation of the new hydropower plant fully complies with its authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body. The plant respects appropriate environmental standards in terms of flow management and flood regime (magnitude, frequency, duration, timing and rate of change) and of mitigation measures, including controlled releases, state of the art and fully functional fish passages, state of the art turbines preventing fish kill, controlled temperature, appropriate ecological flow, sediment flow, timing of operation of turbines.
                     
                     
                        Where the cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the envisaged project could deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, a further in-depth cost-benefit assessment is performed. That in-depth cost-benefit assessment demonstrates that such deterioration will not be significant and will comply with all of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the beneficial objectives served by the planned hydropower plant in terms of renewable energy generation and energy storage cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (alternative location, rehabilitation/refurbishment of existing hydro-power plants or infrastructures, use of technologies not disrupting river continuity, where relevant, consideration of other potential sources of electricity, which may offer in the particular case a better environmental alternative; the beneficial objectives served by the planned hydropower plant are justified by overriding reasons in the public interest;
                     
                     
                        (b)the benefits expected from the planned hydropower plant outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society. The in-depth cost-benefits analysis considers the following aspects:
                     
                     
                        (I)the marginal quantity of energy generated and its contribution to increasing the share of renewable energy in the energy mix, in accordance with the national renewable energy strategy when relevant;
                     
                     
                        (II)impacts on water status or potential upstream and downstream; 
                     
                     
                        (III)impacts on biodiversity, in particular on Protected Areas (such as Natura 2000 sites in the Union, areas relied upon for drinking water, areas with bathing water);
                     
                     
                        (IV)the benefits of ecosystem services (quantitatively where possible);
                     
                     
                        (c)all technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are included in the permit or authorisation and are implemented to reduce the adverse impacts on the status of the water body the planned hydropower plant relates to. Those measures:
                     
                     
                        (I)ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity (including state-of-the-art and fully functional fish passes and turbines preventing fish kill, measures to ensure minimum ecological flow and sediment flow, adaptation of the operation of the plant); 
                     
                     
                        (II)reduce the impact of hydropeaking; 
                     
                     
                        (III)protect or enhance habitats for aquatic species;
                     
                     
                        (IV)reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication;
                     
                     
                        (d)in addition to the mitigation measures referred to in point (d) and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not increase the fragmentation of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned hydropower plant may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           251
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           252
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           253
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           254
                         are implemented.
                           255
                        
                     
                  
               
               4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           256
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with the air emission requirements set out in Directive 2004/107/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           257
                         and Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           258
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           259
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           260
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           261
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           262
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.7.Electricity generation from gaseous and liquid fuels 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil or other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels
                           263
                         are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        2. Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels) that abatement activity complies with the criteria set out in the relevant Section of this Annex, where applicable. Where the CO2 emitted from the electricity generation is captured as a way to meet the emissions limit set out in point 1 of this Section, the CO2 is transported and stored underground in a way that meets the technical screening criteria for transport of CO2 and storage of CO2 set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12, respectively of this Annex.
                     
                     
                        3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring of physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
                     
                     
                        (b)at operation, physical measurement of emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           264
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           265
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           266
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           267
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           268
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           269
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           270
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of electricity generation installations that produce electricity from biomass, biogas and biofuels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria specified in this Section.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG saving methodology and the relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        3. Where the installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
                     
                     
                        4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
                     
                     
                        5. For electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input from 50 to 100 MW, the activity applies high-efficiency cogeneration technology, or, for electricity-only installations, the activity meets an energy efficiency level associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEELs) as referred to in Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442
                           271
                        .
                     
                     
                        6. For electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input above 100 MW, the activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)
                              attain electrical efficiency of at least 36 %;
                     
                     
                        (b)
                              generate highly efficient CHP (combined heat and power) as referred to in Directive 2012/27/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           272
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)
                              use carbon capture and storage technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           273
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           274
                        , emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           275
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           276
                        .
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           277
                        , results of the information exchange
                           278
                         which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national law on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           279
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           280
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           281
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures  are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of transmission systems that transport the electricity on the extra high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected system.
            
            
               Construction and operation of distribution systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution systems.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.12 and D35.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        1. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment in the system is the interconnected European system, i.e. the interconnected electricity system covering the interconnected control areas of Member States, Norway, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, and its subordinated systems;
                     
                     
                        2. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is in a system which complies with one or both of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a) more than 67 % of newly connected generation capacity in the system where the infrastructure or equipment is to be installed is below the generation threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year period;
                     
                     
                        (b) an average system grid emissions factor, that is calculated as the total annual emissions from power generation, divided by the total annual net electricity production in that system, is below the threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year average period;
                     
                     
                        3. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is not dedicated to creating a direct connection, or expanding an existing direct connection to a power production plant that is more CO2 intensive than 100 gCO2e/kWh, measured on a life cycle basis.
                     
                     
                        4. The activity is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)construction and operation of direct connection, or expansion of existing direct connection, of low carbon electricity generation below the threshold of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis to a substation or network;
                     
                     
                        (b)construction and operation of electronic vehicle (EV) charging stations and supporting electric infrastructure for the electrification of transport, subject to eligibility under the transport Section of this Annex;
                     
                     
                        (c)installation of transmission and distribution transformers that comply with the Tier 2 (1 July 2021) requirements set out in Annex I to the Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014
                           282
                         and, for medium power transformers with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 36 kV, with AAA0 level requirements on no-load losses set out in standard EN 50588-1
                           283
                        . 
                     
                     
                        (d)construction/installation and operation of equipment and infrastructure where the main objective is an increase of the generation or use of renewable electricity generation;
                     
                     
                        (e)installation of equipment to increase the controllability and observability of the electricity system and to enable the development and integration of renewable energy sources, including: 
                     
                     
                        (I)sensors and measurement tools (including meteorological sensors for forecasting renewable production);
                     
                     
                        (II)communication and control (including advanced software and control rooms, automation of substations or feeders, and voltage control capabilities to adapt to more decentralised renewable infeed).
                     
                     
                        (f)installation of equipment to carry information to users for remotely acting on consumption, including customer data hubs;
                     
                     
                        (g)construction/installation of equipment to allow for exchange of specifically renewable electricity between users;
                     
                     
                        (h)interconnectors between transmission systems are eligible, provided that one of the systems is eligible.
                     
                     
                        5. For the purpose of this Section, a ‘system’ means the transmission or distribution network control area of the network or system operator(s) where the activity takes place.
                     
                     
                        6. For the purposes of this Section, the following specifications apply:
                     
                     
                        (a)the rolling five-year (average) period used in determining compliance with the thresholds is based on historic data, and includes the year for which the most recent data are available;
                     
                     
                        (b)transmission systems may include generation capacity connected to subordinated distribution systems;
                     
                     
                        (c)distribution systems subordinated to a transmission system that is deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation may also be deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation;
                     
                     
                        (d)to determine eligibility, it is possible to consider a system covering multiple control areas which are interconnected and with significant energy exchanges between them, in which case the weighted average emissions factor across all included control areas is used to determine eligibility, and individual subordinated transmission or distribution systems within that system is not required to demonstrate compliance separately;
                     
                     
                        (e)it is possible for a system to become ineligible after having previously been eligible. In systems that become ineligible, no new transmission and distribution activities are eligible from that moment onward, until the system complies again with the threshold (except for those activities which are always eligible, see above). Activities in subordinated systems may still be eligible, where those subordinated systems meet the criteria of this Section;
                     
                     
                        (f)a direct connection or expansion of an existing direct connection to production plants includes infrastructure that is indispensable to carry the associated electricity from the power generating facility to a substation or network.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Overground high voltage lines:
                     
                     
                        (a)for construction site activities, activities follow the principles of the IFC General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
                           284
                        . 
                     
                     
                        (b)activities respect applicable norms and regulations to limit impact of electromagnetic radiation on human health, including for activities carried out in the Union, the Council recommendation on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz)
                           285
                         and for activities carried out in third countries, the 1998 Guidelines of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP)
                           286
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not use PCBs polyclorinated biphenyls.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           287
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           288
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           289
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           290
                         are implemented
                           291
                        .
                     
                  
               
               4.10.Storage of electricity 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store electricity and return it at a later time in the form of electricity. The activity includes closed-loop pumped hydropower storage. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity is the construction and operation of electricity storage including closed-loop pumped hydropower storage, defined as hydro plants with no natural water inflow into the upper reservoir, where the water that generates electricity was previously pumped uphill. Pumped storage connected to river bodies are not eligible.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For closed-loop pumped hydropower storage, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           292
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           293
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           294
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           295
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           296
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.11.Storage of thermal energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store thermal energy and return it at a later time in the form of thermal energy or other energy vectors. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
                The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity stores thermal energy, including Thermal Energy Storage (UTES) or Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage (ATES).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           297
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           298
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           299
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           300
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           301
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.12.Storage of hydrogen
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store hydrogen and return it at a later time.
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)construction of hydrogen storage facilities.
                     
                     
                        (b)operation of hydrogen storage facilities where the hydrogen stored in the facility meets the criteria for manufacture of hydrogen set out in Section 3.9. of this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In the case of storage above five tonnes, the activity complies with Directive 2012/18/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           302
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           303
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           304
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           305
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           306
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity for the manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity for the manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive. 
                     
                     
                        Food-and feed crops are not used in the activity for the manufacture of biofuels for use in transport. 
                     
                     
                        2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the manufacture of biofuels and biogas for use in transport are at least 65 % in relation to the GHG saving methodology and the relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex V to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        3. Where the manufacture of biogas relies on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           307
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For biogas production, a gas-tight cover on the digestate storage is applied.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           308
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation EU 2019/1009 and respective national rules on fertilising products.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           309
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           310
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           311
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           312
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Repurposing of gas networks for the distribution of gaseous fuels through a system of mains. 
            
            
               Repurposing of gas networks for long-distance transport of renewable and low-carbon gases by pipelines.
            
            
               Construction or operation of transmission and distribution pipelines dedicated to the transport of hydrogen or other low-carbon gases.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.22, F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity consists in one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)construction or operation of new transmission and distribution networks dedicated to hydrogen or other low-carbon gases;
                     
                     
                        (b)conversion/repurposing of existing natural gas networks to 100 % hydrogen and retrofit of gas transmission and distribution networks, where the main purpose is the integration of hydrogen and other low-carbon gases, including any gas transmission or distribution network activity, which enables the network to increase the blend of hydrogen or other low carbon gasses in the gas system;
                     
                     
                        2. The activity includes leak detection and repair of existing gas pipelines and other network elements to reduce methane leakage.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           313
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           314
                         comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           315
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           316
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           317
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           318
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.15.District heating/cooling distribution
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, refurbishment and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the sub-station or heat exchanger.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)for construction and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distributing heating and cooling, the system meets the definition of efficient district heating and cooling systems laid down in Article 2, point 41, of Directive 2012/27/EU;
                     
                     
                        (b)for refurbishment of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distributing heating and cooling,  the investment that makes the system meet the definition of efficient district heating or cooling laid down in Article 2, point 41, of Directive 2012/27/EU starts within a three year period as underpinned by a contractual obligation or an equivalent in case of operators in charge of both generation and the network;
                     
                     
                        (c)The activity is the following:
                     
                     
                        (I)modification to lower temperature regimes;
                     
                     
                        (II)advanced pilot systems (control and energy management systems, Internet of Things).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           319
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and otherwise comply with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           320
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           321
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           322
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           323
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.16.Installation of electric heat pumps
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation and operation of electric heat pumps. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The installation and operation of electric heat pumps complies with both of the following criteria: 
                     
                     
                        (a)refrigerant threshold: Global Warming Potential does not exceed 675;
                     
                     
                        (b)energy efficiency requirements laid down in the implementing regulations
                           324
                         under Directive 2009/125/EC are met.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           325
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For air to air heat pumps with rated capacity of 12kW or below, indoor and outdoor sound power levels are below the threshold set out in Commission Regulation (EU) No 206/2012 
                           326
                         
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities co-generating electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity consists in the cogeneration
                           327
                         of electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           328
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           329
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           330
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           331
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities co-generating heat/cool and power from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The life-cycle GHG emissions from the combined generation of heat/cool and power
                           332
                         from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e per 1 kWh of energy input to the combined generation.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           333
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with air emission requirements laid down in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           334
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           335
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           336
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           337
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from gaseous and liquid fuels
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil or other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The life-cycle GHG emissions from the co-generation of heat/cool and power
                           338
                         from gaseous and liquid fuels
                           339
                         are lower than 100gCO2e per 1 kWh of energy input to the co-generation. 
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        2 Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels) that abatement activity complies with the relevant Sections of this Annex, where applicable.
                     
                     
                        Where the CO2 emitted from the electricity generation is captured as a way to meet the emissions limit set out in point 1 of this Section, the CO2 is transported and stored underground in a way that meets the technical screening criteria for transport of CO2 and storage of CO2 set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12, respectively of this Annex.
                     
                     
                        3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring of physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
                     
                     
                        (b)at operation, physical measurement of emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           340
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           341
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           342
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           343
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           344
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of installations used for cogeneration of heat/cool and power from biomass.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7 of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass in cogeneration installations are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG emission saving methodology and fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        3. Where the cogeneration installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
                     
                     
                        4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           345
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           346
                        , ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange
                           347
                        , which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national law on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           348
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           349
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           350
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           351
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           352
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities producing heat/cool from solar thermal heating technology. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity produces heat/cool using solar thermal heating.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           353
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           354
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           355
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           356
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of electricity from geothermal energy are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           357
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with air emission requirements set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           358
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           359
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           360
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           361
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               4.23.Production of heat/cool from gaseous and liquid fuels
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil or other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The life-cycle GHG emissions from the generation of heat/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels
                           362
                         are lower than 100gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated based on project-specific data, where available, using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        2 Where facilities incorporate any form of abatement (including carbon capture or use of decarbonised fuels) that abatement activity complies with the relevant Sections of this Annex, where applicable.
                     
                     
                        Where the CO2 emitted from the electricity generation is captured as a way to meet the emissions limit set out in point 1 of this Section, the CO2 is transported and stored underground in a way that meets the technical screening criteria for transport of CO2 and storage of CO2 set out in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of this Annex.
                     
                     
                        3. The activity meets either of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)
                              at construction, measurement equipment for monitoring physical emissions, such as methane leakage is installed or a leak detection and repair program is introduced;
                     
                     
                        (b)
                              at operation, physical measurement of emissions are reported and leak is eliminated.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           363
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           364
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           365
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           366
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           367
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from biomass.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria specified in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Agricultural biomass used in the activity for the production of heat and cool complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 2 to 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. Forest biomass used in the activity complies with the criteria laid down in Article 29, paragraphs 6 and 7, of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        2. The greenhouse gas emission savings from the use of biomass are at least 80 % in relation to the GHG emission saving methodology and relative fossil fuel comparator set out in Annex VI to Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
                     
                     
                        3. Where the installations rely on anaerobic digestion of organic material, the production of the digestate meets the criteria in Sections 5.6 and criteria 1 and 2 of Section 5.7 of this Annex, as applicable.
                     
                     
                        4. Points 1 and 2 do not apply to electricity generation installations with a total rated thermal input below 2 MW and using gaseous biomass fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           368
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           369
                        , ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex 2, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC
                           370
                        , results of the information exchange
                           371
                        , which are e published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10 of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national law on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           372
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           373
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           374
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           375
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           376
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool using waste heat.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity produces heat/cool from waste heat.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Pumps and the kind of equipment used, which is covered by Ecodesign and Energy labelling comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label laid down in Regulation (EU) 2017/1369, and with implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           377
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           378
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           379
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           380
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               
            
               5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
            
            
               5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The front-to-end water supply system complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        a)the average energy consumption of that system, including abstraction, treatment and distribution, equals to or is lower than 0.5 kWh per cubic meter billed/unbilled authorised water supply;
                     
                     
                        b)the leakage level, calculated using the Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI)
                           381
                         rating method, equals to or is lower than 1.5.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           382
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           383
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           384
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           385
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           386
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems including renewals to water collection, treatment and distribution infrastructures for domestic and industrial needs.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The renewal of the front-to-end water supply system leads to improved energy efficiency in one of the following ways:
                     
                     
                        (a)by decreasing the average energy consumption of the system by at least 20 % compared to own baseline performance averaged for three years, including abstraction, treatment and distribution, measured in kWh per cubic meter billed/unbilled authorised water supply; 
                     
                     
                        (b)by closing the gap by at least 20 % between the current leakage level, calculated using the Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) rating method
                           387
                         (baseline performance averaged for three years) of the water supply network and an ILI of 1.5.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           388
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           389
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           390
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           391
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           392
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, extension and operation of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The front-to-end waste water system, including collection, treatment and discharges of waste water, has net zero energy use, demonstrated on an annual basis.
                     
                     
                        2. The energy use of the system is calculated in kWh per cubic meter waste water effluent treated, taking into account measures improving energy use relating to source control (reduction of storm water or pollutant load inputs to the sewer network), network design or process design, and taking into account energy generation within the system (including hydraulic, solar and wind energy).
                     
                     
                        3. An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed
                           393
                        . The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           394
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented
                           395
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC
                           396
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
                     
                     
                        Sewage sludge is managed or used, including anaerobic digestion and land application, in accordance with Council Directive 86/278/EEC
                           397
                         and national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           398
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           399
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           400
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           401
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Renewal of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The renewal of the front-to-end waste water system, including collection, treatment and discharges of waste water, improves energy efficiency by decreasing the average energy use of the system by at least 10 % compared to own baseline performance averaged over 3 years, demonstrated on an annual basis.
                     
                     
                        2. The operator of the front-to-end waste water system demonstrates that there are no material changes relating to external conditions, including modifications to discharge authorisation(s) or changes in load to the agglomeration that would lead to a reduction of energy use independent of efficiency measures taken. 
                     
                     
                        3. The energy use of the system is calculated in kWh per cubic meter waste water effluent treated, taking into account measures improving energy use relating to source control (reduction of storm water or pollutant load inputs to the sewer network), network design or process design, and taking into account energy generation within the system (including hydraulic, solar and wind energy).
                     
                     
                        4. An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed
                           402
                        . The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           403
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented
                           404
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Council Directive 91/271/EEC
                           405
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
                     
                     
                        Sewage sludge is managed or used, including anaerobic digestion and land application, in accordance with Council Directive 86/278/EEC and national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           406
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           407
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           408
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           409
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Separate collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in single or comingled fractions aimed at preparing for reuse or recycling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E38.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        All separately collected and transported non-hazardous waste that is segregated at source, including co-mingling, is sent to preparation for reuse or recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Separately collected waste fractions are not mixed in waste storage and transfer facilities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities for the treatment of sewage sludge by anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas or chemicals.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
                     
                     
                        2. The produced biogas is used directly for the generation of electricity or heat, or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           410
                        .
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           411
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        Where the resulting digestate is intended for use as soil improver it complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Annex II to Regulation 2019/1009
                           412
                         or national rules on fertilisers/soil improvers for agricultural use;
                     
                     
                        (b)its nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Construction and operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas and digestate and/or chemicals.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. A monitoring and contingency plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
                     
                     
                        2. The produced biogas is used directly for the generation of electricity or heat, or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
                     
                     
                        3. The bio-waste that is used for anaerobic digestion is source segregated and collected separately. 
                     
                     
                        4. The produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009, or national rules on fertilisers or soil improvers for agricultural use.
                     
                     
                        5. In the dedicated bio-waste treatment plants, bio-waste constitutes at least 90 % of the input feedstock, measured in weight, as an annual average, and the share of other input material is less than or equal to 10 % of the input feedstock. Such other input material may not include food or feed crops. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           413
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           414
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        The Nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) of the digestate used as fertiliser or soil improver is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.8.Composting of bio-waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through composting (aerobic digestion) with the resulting production and utilisation of compost
                  415
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The bio-waste that is composted is source segregated and collected separately.
                     
                     
                        2. The compost produced is used as fertiliser or soil improver and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For composting plants treating over 75 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out for aerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           416
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        The site has a system in place that prevents leachate reaching groundwater.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities for the sorting and processing of separately collected non-hazardous waste streams into secondary raw materials involving a mechanical transformation process.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.32 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity converts at least 50 %, in terms of weight, of the processed separately collected non-hazardous waste into secondary raw materials that are suitable for the substitution of virgin materials in production processes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation and operation of infrastructure for landfill
                  417
                gas capture and utilisation in permanently closed landfills using new or supplementary dedicated technical facilities and equipment installed during or post landfill closure.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E38.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The landfill has not been opened after 8 July 2020.
                     
                     
                        2. The landfill or landfill cell where the gas capture system is newly installed, extended, or retrofitted is permanently closed and is not taking further biodegradable waste.
                     
                     
                        3. The produced landfill gas is used for the generation of electricity or heat as biogas
                           418
                        , or upgraded to bio-methane for injection in the natural gas grid, or used as vehicle fuel or as feedstock in chemical industry.
                     
                     
                        4. Methane emissions from the landfill and leakages from the landfill gas collection and utilisation facilities are subject to control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to Council Directive 99/31/EC
                           419
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The permanent closure and remediation as well as the after-care of old landfills, where the landfill gas capture system is installed, are carried out in accordance with the following rules: 
                     
                     
                        (a)general requirements set out in Annex I to Directive 99/31/EC;
                     
                     
                        (b)control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to that Directive.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.11.Transport of CO2
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of captured CO2.
            
            
               Construction and operation of CO2 pipelines and retrofit of gas networks where the main purpose is the integration of captured CO2.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity in accordance with Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The CO2 transported from the installation where it is captured to the injection point does not lead to CO2 leakages above 0.5 % of the mass of CO2 transported.
                     
                     
                        2. The CO2 is delivered to a permanent CO2 storage site that meets the criteria for underground geological storage of CO2 set out in Section 5.11 of this Annex; or to other transport modalities, which lead directly to permanent CO2 storage site that meet those criteria.
                     
                     
                        3. Appropriate leak detection systems are applied and a monitoring plan is in place, with the report verified by an independent third party. 
                     
                     
                        4. Where assets that increase the flexibility and improve the management of an existing network are installed, the installation is eligible.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           420
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           421
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           422
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           423
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           424
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Permanent storage of captured CO2 in appropriate underground geological formations.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E39.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Characterisation and assessment of the potential storage complex and surrounding area (exploration) is carried out in order to establish whether the geological formation is suitable for use as a CO2 storage site.
                     
                     
                        2. For operation of underground geological CO2 storage sites, including closure and post-closure obligations:
                     
                     
                        (a)appropriate leakage detection systems are implemented to prevent release during operation;
                     
                     
                        (b) a monitoring plan of the injection facilities, the storage complex, and, where appropriate, the surrounding environment is in place, with the regular reports checked by the competent national authority.
                     
                     
                        3. For the exploration and operation of storage sites within the Union, the activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           425
                        . For the exploration and operation of storage sites in third countries, the activity complies with ISO 27914:2017 for geological storage of CO2.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           426
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           427
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           428
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           429
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           430
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               6.Transport
            
            
               6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Retrofit, upgrade or operation of transport of passengers using railroad rolling stock on mainline networks, spread over an extensive geographic area, passenger transport by interurban railways and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars as an integrated operation of railway companies. The activity excludes passenger transport by urban and suburban transit systems, passenger terminal activities, operation of railroad infrastructure; related activities such as switching and shunting and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars when operated by separate units.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H49.10 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the trains and passenger coaches have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (b)the trains and passenger coaches have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           431
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.2.Freight rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit, upgrade or operation of freight transport on mainline rail networks as well as short line freight railroads. This activity excludes warehousing and storage, freight terminal activities, operation of railroad infrastructure as well as related activities such as switching and shunting and cargo handling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H49.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the trains and wagons have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission;  
                     
                     
                        (b)the trains and wagons have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode).
                     
                     
                        2 The trains and wagons are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.3.Urban, suburban and road passenger transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of urban and suburban transport systems for passengers and road passenger transport. This may include different modes of land transport, such as by motor bus, tramway, streetcar, trolley bus, underground and elevated railways. The transport is carried out on scheduled routes normally following a fixed time schedule, entailing the picking up and setting down of passengers at fixed stops. The activity also includes town-to-airport or town-to-station lines and operation of funicular railways and aerial cableways where part of urban or suburban transit systems. The activity also includes scheduled long-distance bus services, charters, excursions and other occasional coach services, airport shuttles, operation of school buses and buses for the transport of employees and other passenger transport by man- or animal-drawn vehicles. This activity excludes ambulance transport. It includes operation of vehicles designated as category M2 or M3, in accordance with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/8582, for the provision of passenger transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.31, H49.3.9 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet. 
                     
                     
                        For battery-operated fleet, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           432
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           433
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where applicable, tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           434
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Operation of personal mobility devices where the propulsion comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes N77.11 and N77.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The propulsion of personal mobility devices comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity.
                     
                     
                        2. The personal mobility devices are allowed to be operated on the same public infrastructure as bikes or pedestrians.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life.
                     
                     
                        For battery-operated personal mobility devices, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
                     
                     
                        Mobility devices of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           435
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles
            
            
               Description of the activity
            
            
               Operation of vehicles designated as category M1
                  436
               , N1
                  437
                or L (2- and 3-wheel vehicles and quadricycles)
                  438
               . 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.32, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a) for vehicles of category M1 and N1:
                     
                     
                        (I)until 31 December 2025, specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
                     
                     
                        (II)from 1 January 2026, specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero.
                     
                     
                        (b) for vehicles of category L, the tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles of categories M1 and N1 are:
                     
                     
                        (a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
                     
                     
                        (b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight
                           439
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           440
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro 6 light-duty emission type-approval
                           441
                         set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           442
                        .
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with the emission thresholds for clean light-duty vehicles set out in Table 2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           443
                        .
                     
                     
                        For vehicles of categories M1 and N1, tyres comply with rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740.
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           444
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.6.Freight transport services by road 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of vehicles designated as category N2
                  445
                or N3
                  446
                for freight transport services by road. The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.4.1, H53.10, H53.20 and N77.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               That activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242.
                     
                     
                        2. Vehicles with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12), of that Regulation.
                     
                     
                        3. Vehicles are not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles of category N1 are:
                     
                     
                        (a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight,
                     
                     
                        (b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight
                           447
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           448
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro VI heavy duty emission type-approval
                           449
                         set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           450
                        .
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740. 
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.7.Inland passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (b)until 31 December 2025, hybrid vessels use at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           451
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines in vessels comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
               6.8.Inland freight water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of freight on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or both of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
                     
                     
                        (b)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator
                           452
                        , 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation 2019/1242;
                     
                     
                        2. Vessels purchased or operated are not dedicated to transport fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           453
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vessels comply with the emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for transport of freight or passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H50.4, H50.30 and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Until 31 December 2025, the retrofitting activity reduces fuel consumption of the vessel by at least 10 % expressed in litre of fuel per tonne kilometre, as demonstrated by a comparative calculation for the representative navigation areas (including representative load profiles) in which the vessel is to operate or by means of the results of model tests or simulations.
                     
                     
                        2. Vessels retrofitted or upgraded are not dedicated to transport fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           454
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vessels comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Transport of freight on vessels designed for operating on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H50.2 and H52.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (b)until 31 December 2025, hybrid vessels use at least 50 % of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
                     
                     
                        (c)until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proved that the vessels are used exclusively for provision of coastal services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI)
                           455
                        , 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle sub group 5-LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation 2019/1242;
                     
                     
                        (d)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022
                           456
                        ;
                     
                     
                        2. Vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           457
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           458
                         relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure that ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323
                           459
                        .
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           460
                         as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (IMO MARPOL)
                           461
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           462
                        , and with Regulation 14
                           463
                         of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           464
                        .
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13
                           465
                         of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           466
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
                           467
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM). 
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise
                           468
                         and with the provisions set out under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of passengers overseas and coastal waters, whether scheduled or not as well as renting of pleasure boats with crew for sea and coastal water transport. This activity excludes restaurant and bar activities on board ships, when provided by separate units, renting of pleasure boats and yachts without crew, renting of commercial ships or boats without crew and operation of “floating casinos”.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.10 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        a) the vessels have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        b) until 31 December 2025, hybrid vessels use at least 50 % of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
                     
                     
                        c) until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI)
                           469
                         value 10 % below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022
                           470
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           471
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure that ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802, and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           472
                        .
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           473
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001..
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM). 
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise and with the provisions set out under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for the transport of freight or passengers on vessels designed for operating on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H50.10, H50.2, H52.22, C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. Until 31 December 2025, the retrofitting activity reduces fuel consumption of the vessel by at least 10 % expressed in grams of fuel per deadweight tons per nautical mile, as demonstrated by computational fluid dynamics (CFD), tank tests or similar engineering calculations.
                     
                     
                        2. Vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           474
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure that ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 , and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           475
                        .
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           476
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001..
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM). 
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise
                           477
                         and with the provisions set out under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility
            
         
         
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of infrastructure for personal mobility, including the construction of roads, motorways bridges and tunnels and other infrastructure that are dedicated to pedestrians and bicycles, with or without electric assist.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.11; F42.12; F43.21; F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The infrastructure that is constructed and operated is dedicated to personal mobility: pavements, bike lanes and pedestrian zones, electrical charging and hydrogen refuelling installations for personal mobility devices.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           478
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC
                           479
                        ) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           480
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol, taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           481
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           482
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           483
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           484
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, operation and maintenance of railways and subways as well as bridges and tunnels, and traffic management systems including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.12; F42.13; F71.1, F71.20 and F43.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
                The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a) the infrastructure (as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU) 2016/797 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           485
                        ) is either :
                     
                     
                        (I)electrified trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
                     
                     
                        (II)trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems where there is a plan for electrification or the infrastructure will be fit for use by zero tailpipe CO2 emission trains within 10 years from the beginning of the activity: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
                     
                     
                        (b) the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
                     
                     
                        (c) infrastructure and installations are dedicated to the transfer of passengers from other modes to rail.;
                     
                     
                        2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           486
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           487
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where appropriate, given the sensitivity of the area affected, in particular in terms of the size of population affected, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers, or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           488
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           489
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           490
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           491
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           492
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.15.Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of motorways, streets, roads, other vehicular and pedestrian ways, surface work on streets, roads, highways, bridges or tunnels and construction of airfield runways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products. This activity excludes installation of street lighting and electrical signals. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.11; F42.13; F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vehicles with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen fuelling stations or electric road systems (ERS);
                     
                     
                        (b)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
                     
                     
                        (c)the infrastructure and installations that are dedicated to public passenger transport.
                     
                     
                        2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           493
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           494
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where relevant, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           495
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           496
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           497
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           498
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        Where relevant, maintenance of vegetation along road transport infrastructure ensures that invasive species do not spread. 
                     
                     
                        Mitigation measures have been implemented to avoid wildlife collisions.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               6.16.Infrastructure for water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of waterways, harbour and rivers works, pleasure ports, locks, dams and dykes and other as well as the dredging of waterways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products. This activity excludes project management activities related to civil engineering works.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42.91; F71.1 or F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vessels with zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions: electricity charging, hydrogen-based refuelling;
                     
                     
                        (b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of shore-side electrical power to vessels at berth;
                     
                     
                        (c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the performance of the port’s own operations with zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
                     
                     
                        (d)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods.
                     
                     
                        2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           499
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           500
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           501
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           502
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           503
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           504
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.17.Low carbon airport infrastructure
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of aircraft or the airport’s own operations, as well as for provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircraft. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F41.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
                The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1) point (i) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of aircraft with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electricity charging and hydrogen refuelling;
                     
                     
                        (b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircrafts;
                     
                     
                        (c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the zero direct emissions performance of the airport’s own operations: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen refuelling stations.
                     
                     
                        2. The infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           505
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           506
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           507
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           508
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           509
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           510
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               7.Construction and real estate activities
            
            
               7.1.Construction of new buildings
            
            
               Description of the activity. 
            
            
               Development of building projects for residential and non-residential buildings by bringing together financial, technical and physical means to realise the building projects for later sale as well as the construction of complete residential or non-residential buildings, on own account for sale or on a fee or contract basis.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F41.1 and F41.2, including also activities under F43, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Constructions of new buildings for which:
                     
                     
                        1. The Primary Energy Demand (PED)
                           511
                        , defining the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction, is at least 20 % lower than the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           512
                        . The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
                     
                     
                        2. For buildings larger than 5000 m2 
                           513
                        , upon completion, the building resulting from the construction undergoes testing for air-tightness and thermal integrity
                           514
                        , and any deviation in the levels of performance set at the design stage or defects in the building envelope are disclosed to investors and clients. 
                     
                     
                        3. For buildings larger than 5000 m2
                           515
                        , the life cycle Global Warming Potential (GWP)
                           516
                         of the building resulting from the construction has been calculated for each stage in the life cycle and is disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where installed, the specified water use for the following water appliances are attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix D to this Annex:
                     
                     
                        (a)wash hand basin taps, kitchen taps and showers have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
                     
                     
                        (b)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
                     
                     
                        (c)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
                     
                     
                        To avoid impact from the construction site, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           517
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           518
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste. 
                     
                     
                        Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887
                           519
                         or other standards for assessing the disassemblability or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the construction do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           520
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the construction that may come into contact with occupiers
                           521
                         emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component and less than 0,001 mg of categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/TS 16516
                           522
                         and ISO 16000-3
                           523
                         or other comparable standardised test conditions and determination methods
                           524
                        .  
                     
                     
                        Where the new construction is located on a potentially contaminated site (brownfield site), the site has been subject to an investigation for potential contaminants, for example using standard ISO 18400
                           525
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           526
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           527
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           528
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           529
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The new construction is not built on one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to the EU LUCAS survey
                           530
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List
                           531
                         or the IUCN Red List
                           532
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)forest land (whether or not covered by trees), other wooded land or land that is partially or wholly covered or intended to be covered by trees, even where those trees have not yet reached the size and cover to be classified as forest or other wooded land, as defined in accordance with the [FAO definition of forest
                           533
                        ].
                     
                  
               
               7.2.Renovation of existing buildings
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and civil engineering works or preparation thereof.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F41 and F43 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The building renovation complies with the applicable requirements for major renovations
                           534
                        .
                     
                     
                        Alternatively, it leads to a reduction of primary energy demand (PED) of at least 30 %
                           535
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where installed as part of the renovation works, the specified water use for the following water appliances is attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix D to this Annex: 
                     
                     
                        (a)wash hand basin taps, kitchen taps and showers have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
                     
                     
                        (b)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
                     
                     
                        (c)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           536
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                     
                        Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassemblability or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the building renovation do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006.
                     
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the building renovation that may come into contact with occupiers
                           537
                         emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component and less than 0,001 mg of categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/TS 16516 and ISO 16000-3 or other comparable standardised test conditions and determination methods
                           538
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A.
                     
                  
               
               7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Individual renovation measures consisting in installation, maintenance or repair of energy efficiency equipment. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71,  C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity consists in one of the following individual measures provided that they comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU and, where applicable, achieve energy ratings of at least class A in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369:
                     
                     
                        (a)addition of insulation to existing envelope components, such as external walls (including green walls), roofs (including green roofs), lofts, basements and ground floors (including measures to ensure air-tightness, measures to reduce the effects of thermal bridges and scaffolding) and products for the application of the insulation to the building envelope (including mechanical fixings and adhesive);
                     
                     
                        (b)replacement of existing windows with new energy efficient windows;
                     
                     
                        (c)replacement of existing external doors with new energy efficient doors;
                     
                     
                        (d)installation and replacement of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) and water heating systems, including equipment related to district heating services, with highly efficient technologies;
                     
                     
                        (e)installation of low water and energy using kitchen and sanitary water fittings which comply with technical specifications set out in Appendix D to this Annex and, in case of shower solutions, mixer showers, shower outlets and taps, have a max water flow of 6 L/min or less attested by an existing label in the Union market.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in carrying out the activity do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006.
                     
                     
                        In case of addition of thermal insulation to an existing building envelope, a building survey is carried out in accordance with national law by a competent specialist with training in asbestos surveying. Any stripping of lagging that contains or is likely to contain asbestos, breaking or mechanical drilling or screwing or removal of insulation board, tiles and other asbestos containing materials is carried out by appropriately trained personnel, with health monitoring before, during and after the works, in accordance with national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               
                     539
                  Appendix D: Technical specifications for water appliances 
            
            
               
                  1. The flow rate is recorded at the standard reference pressure 3 -0/+ 0,2 bar or 0,1 -0/+0,02 for products limited to low pressure.
               
               
                  2. The flow rate at the lower pressure 1,5 -0/+ 0,2 bar is ≥ 60 % of the maximum available flow rate.
               
               
                  3. For mixer showers, the reference temperature is 38 ± 1 ̊C.
               
            
         
         
            
               
                  4. Where the flow has to be lower than 6 L/min, it complies with the rule set out in point 2.
               
               
                  5. For taps the procedure described in clause 10.2.3 of EN 200 is followed, with the following exceptions: 
               
               
                  (a) for taps that are not limited to low pressure applications only: apply a 3 -0/+ 0,2 bar pressure to both the hot and the cold inlets, alternatively;
               
               
                  (b) for taps that are limited to low pressure applications only: apply a 0,4 -0/+0,02 bar pressure to both the hot and the cold inlets and fully open the flow control.
               
            
            
               7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings) 
            
            
               Description of the activity
            
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Installation, maintenance or repair of charging stations for electric vehicles.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity consists in one of the following individual measures:
                     
                     
                        (a)installation of zoned thermostats, smart thermostat systems and sensing equipment, including. motion and day light control;
                     
                     
                        (b)installation of building automation and control systems, building energy management systems (BMS), lighting control systems and energy management systems (EMS);
                     
                     
                        (c)installation of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;
                     
                     
                        (d)installation of façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the activity do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies, on-site. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section. 
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity consists in one of the following individual measures, if installed on-site as technical building systems: 
                     
                     
                        (a)installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (b)installation, maintenance and repair of solar hot water panels and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (c)installation, maintenance, repair and upgrade of heat pumps contributing to the targets for renewable energy in heat and cool in accordance with Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (d)installation, maintenance and repair of wind turbines and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (e)installation, maintenance and repair of solar transpired collectors and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (f)installation, maintenance and repair of thermal or electric energy storage units and the ancillary technical equipment;
                     
                     
                        (g)installation, maintenance and repair of high efficiency micro CHP (combined heat and power) plant;
                     
                     
                        (h)installation, maintenance and repair of heat exchanger/recovery systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Buying real estate and exercising ownership of that real estate.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code L68 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. For buildings built before 31 December 2020, the building has at least Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) class A. 
                     
                     
                        2. For buildings built after 31 December 2020, the building meets the criteria set out for the activity ‘construction of new buildings’ in Section 7.1 of this Annex  that are relevant at the time of the acquisition. 
                     
                     
                        3. Where the building is a large non-residential building (with an effective rated output for heating systems, systems for combined space heating and ventilation, air-conditioning systems or systems for combined air-conditioning and ventilation of over 290 kW) it is efficiently operated through energy performance monitoring and assessment.
                           540
                         
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           541
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           542
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           543
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           544
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The building was not built on one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to in the EU LUCAS survey
                           545
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List
                           546
                         or the IUCN Red List
                           547
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)forest land (whether or not covered by trees), other wooded land or land that is partially or wholly covered or intended to be covered by trees, even where those trees have not yet reached the size and cover to be classified as forest or other wooded land, as defined in accordance with the [FAO definition of forest].
                     
                  
               
               8.Information and communication
            
            
               8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission or processing of data through data centres
                  548
               , including edge computing.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code J63.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is a transitional activity as referred to in Article 10(2) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity has implemented all relevant practices listed as expected practices in the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency
                           549
                        , or in CEN-CENELEC document CLC TR50600-99-1 "Data centre facilities and infrastructures - Part 99-1: Recommended practices for energy management"
                           550
                        .
                     
                     
                        The implementation of those practices is verified by an independent third-party and audited at least every three years.
                     
                     
                        2. Where an expected practice is not considered relevant due to physical, logistical, planning or other constraints, an explanation of why the expected practice is not applicable or practical is provided. Alternative best practices from the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency or other equivalent sources may be identified as direct replacements if they result in similar energy savings.
                     
                     
                        3. The global warming potential (GWP) weighted average for the mixture of refrigerants used in the data centre cooling system does not exceed 10, unless it is proven that such low GWP refrigerants cannot be used for exceptional reasons or would significantly reduce the energy efficiency of the cooling systems. The calculation of the global warming potential weighted average, including the inventory of the refrigerants used at the sites or to provide the service, is consistent with the method described in Annex IV to Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           551
                        . 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           552
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The equipment used meets the requirements laid down in Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
                     
                     
                        The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           553
                        , except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed the maximum values listed in that Annex.
                     
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                     
                        At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for re-use, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           554
                        .
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
         
            
               8.2.Data-driven solutions for GHG emissions reductions
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Development or use of ICT solutions that are aimed at collecting, transmitting, storing data and at its modelling and use where these activities are predominantly aimed at the provision of data and analytics for decision making (by the public and private sector) enabling GHG emission reductions.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes J61, J62 and J63.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The ICT solutions, built on technologies, such as decentralised technologies (i.e. distributed ledger technologies), Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence, are predominantly used for the provision of data and analytics on GHG emissions or data and analytics relevant for decision making enabling GHG emission reductions.
                     
                     
                        2. The ICT solutions demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/ solution available on the market.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using the Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018, ISO 14064-1:2018 or the ITU Recommendation L.1450
                           555
                        .
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emission reductions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The equipment used meets the requirements set in accordance with Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products. 
                     
                     
                        The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed those listed in that Annex.
                     
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                     
                        At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for re-use, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               9.Professional, scientific and technical activities
            
            
               9.1.Research, development and innovation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Research, applied research, experimental development in natural sciences and engineering of solutions, processes, technologies and other products dedicated to the reduction, avoidance or removal of GHG emissions (RD&I). 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes M71.1.2 and M72.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1. The activity researches, develops or provides innovation for technologies, products or other solutions that are dedicated to enable one or more economic activities for which the technical screening criteria have been set out in this Annex, with the exception of activities considered as transitional  and enabling activities in accordance with Articles 10(1), point (i), and 10(2) of Regulation EU 2020/852, to meet those respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
                     
                     
                        2. The ability of the research, development and innovation to reduce, remove or avoid GHG emissions through RD&I solutions in the target economic activities has at least been demonstrated in a relevant environment
                           556
                        , satisfying at least the criteria for substantial contribution to climate change mitigation for the target activities.
                     
                     
                        3. The economic activity aims at bringing to market a solution that is not yet in the market and has better performance in terms of lifecycle GHG emissions than best commercially available technologies based on public or market information. The implementation of the technologies, products or other solutions being researched results in overall net GHG emissions reductions over their lifecycle.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle GHG emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        4. Where the researched, developed or innovated technology, product or other solution already enables an activity or several activities addressed in this Annex to meet the technical screening criteria in the applicable Section of this Annex, the research, development and innovation activity focuses on the development of equally low- or lower-emission technologies, products or other solutions with new significant advantages, such as lower cost.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           557
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               9.2.Professional services related to energy performance of buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Professional services related to energy performance of buildings.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code M71 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 10(1), point (i), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it complies with the technical screening criteria set out in this Section.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity consists in one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)technical consultations (energy consultations, energy simulations, project management, production of energy performance contracts, dedicated trainings) linked to the individual measures set out in Section 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6 of this Annex;
                     
                     
                        (b)accredited energy audits and building performance assessments;
                     
                     
                        (c)energy management services;
                     
                     
                        (d)energy performance contracts;
                     
                     
                        (e)energy services provided by energy service companies (ESCOs).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the criteria set out in Appendix E to this Annex.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               
            
               Appendix E: Generic criteria for DNSH to climate change adaptation
            
            
               I. Criteria
            
            
               
                  New activity
               
               
                  The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in the table in Section II of this Appendix by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
               
               
                  (a)
                        for investments into activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
               
               
                  (b)
                        for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments.
               
               
                  The economic operator has developed a plan to implement adaptation solutions to reduce material physical climate risks to the activity. Those adaptation solutions do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities and are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts.
               
               
                  Activity upgrading or altering existing assets or processes 
               
               
                  The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in the table in Section II of this Appendix by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that:
               
               
                  (a)
                        for investments into activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
               
               
                  (b)
                        for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments.
               
               
                  The economic operator has developed a plan to implement adaptation solutions to reduce material physical climate risks to the activity. The adaptation solutions identified need to be implemented within five years from the start of the activity. These adaptation solutions do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities and are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts.
               
            
            
               II. Classification of climate-related risks
            
            
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Temperature-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Wind-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Water-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Solid mass-related
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Chronic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing temperature (air, freshwater, marine water)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing wind patterns
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing precipitation patterns and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Coastal erosion
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heat stress 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Precipitation or hydrological variability
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Soil degradation
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Temperature variability
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ocean acidification
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Soil erosion
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Permafrost thawing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Saline intrusion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Solifluction
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sea level rise 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Water stress
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Acute
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heat wave
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Drought
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Avalanche
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cold wave/frost
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Storm (including blizzards, dust and sandstorms)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Landslide
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Wildfire
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tornado
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, ground water) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Subsidence
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Glacial lake outburst
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
            
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (recast) (OJ L 328/82, 21.12.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                  
                        The scope of emissions considered includes: methane emissions, including from enteric fermentation and manure management (produced during the storage and treatment of manure, and from manure deposited on agricultural land) and rice cultivation (in accordance with Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (‘IPCC’) reporting framework); nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions, including from manure management (including storage and treatment of manure) as well as direct N2O emissions from managed soils (in accordance with IPCC reporting framework) or other agricultural sources; carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from on-farm fuel and electricity use; GHG emissions from Nitrogen (N) fertiliser production, including those from fuel and electricity use in such processes.
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                  
                        The scope of land carbon stocks and sinks includes the following carbon pools in the land use, land use change and forestry (‘LULUCF’) sector: above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, soil organic carbon.
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                  
                        See Box 2.0 A in Chapter 2 of Volume 4 of the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community action in the field of water policy (OJ L 327, 22.12.2000, p. 1) for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment (OJ L 26, 28.1.2012, p. 1) and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                  
                        See Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for Community action to achieve the sustainable use of pesticides (OJ L 309, 24.11.2009, p. 71) and Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources (OJ L 375, 31.12.1991, p. 1) and Statutory Management Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 December 2013 on the financing, management and monitoring of the common agricultural policy and repealing Council Regulations (EEC) No 352/78, (EC) No 165/94, (EC) No 2799/98, (EC) No 814/2000, (EC) No 1290/2005 and (EC) No 485/2008 (OJ L 347, 20.12.2013, p. 549).
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                  
                        Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources (OJ L 375, 31.12.1991, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on organic production and labelling of organic products and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 834/2007 (OJ L 150, 14.6.2018, p. 1) except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
               
               
                  
                     (9)
                  
                        Consistent with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (10)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82).
               
               
                  
                     (11)
                  
                        In accordance with Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 November 2009 on the conservation of wild birds (OJ L 20, 26.1.2010, p. 7) and Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora (OJ L 206, 22.7.1992, p. 7), or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example  International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (12)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (13)
                  
                        Consistent with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (14)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2014 on the prevention and management of the introduction and spread of invasive alien species (OJ L 317, 4.11.2014, p. 35). Concerning risks assessments see Article 5.
               
               
                  
                     (15)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013. 
               
               
                  
                     (16)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2016/2284 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2016 on the reduction of national emissions of certain atmospheric pollutants, amending Directive 2003/35/EC and repealing Directive 2001/81/EC (OJ L 344, 17.12.2016, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (17)
                  
                        The definition of medium- and high-input farms is based on the classification applied by Eurostat (see 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/en/aei_ps_inp_esms.htm
                  ). 
               
               
                  
                     (18)
                  
                        The scope of emissions considered includes: methane emissions, including from enteric fermentation and manure management (produced during the storage and treatment of manure, and from manure deposited on agricultural land) and rice cultivation (in accordance with IPCC reporting framework); N2O emissions, including from manure management (including storage and treatment of manure) as well as direct N2O emissions from managed soils (in accordance with IPCC reporting framework) or other agricultural sources; CO2 emissions from on-farm fuel and electricity use; GHG emissions from N fertiliser production, including those from fuel and electricity use in such processes.
               
               
                  
                     (19)
                  
                        The scope of land carbon stocks and sinks includes the following carbon pools in the LULUCF sector: above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, soil organic carbon.
               
               
                  
                     (20)
                  
                        See Box 2.0 A in Chapter 2 of Volume 4 of the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (21)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (22)
                  
                        See Directive 2009/128/EC and Directive 91/676/EEC and Statutory Management Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (23)
                  
                        Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources (OJ L 375, 31.12.1991, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (24)
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
               
               
                  
                     (25)
                  
                        Consistent with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (26)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82).
               
               
                  
                     (27)
                  
                        In accordance with Directive 2009/147/EC and Directive 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example  International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (28)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (29)
                  
                        Consistent with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC..
               
               
                  
                     (30)
                  
                        Concerning risks assessments see, for instance, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014.
               
               
                  
                     (31)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (32)
                  
                        The definition of medium- and high-input farms is based on the classification applied by Eurostat (see 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/en/aei_ps_inp_esms.htm
                  ).
               
               
                  
                     (33)
                  
                        The scope of emissions considered includes: methane emissions, including from enteric fermentation and manure management (produced during the storage and treatment of manure, and from manure deposited on agricultural land) and rice cultivation (in accordance with IPCC reporting framework); N2O emissions, including from manure management (including storage and treatment of manure) as well as direct N2O emissions from managed soils (in accordance with IPCC reporting framework) or other agricultural sources; CO2 emissions from on-farm fuel and electricity use; GHG emissions from N fertiliser production, including those from fuel and electricity use in such processes.
               
               
                  
                     (34)
                  
                        The scope of land carbon stocks and sinks includes the following carbon pools in the LULUCF sector: above-ground biomass, below-ground biomass, soil organic carbon.
               
               
                  
                     (35)
                  
                        See Box 2.0 A in Chapter 2 of Volume 4 of the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories: https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (36)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (37)
                  
                        See Directive 2009/128/EC and Directive 91/676/EEC and Statutory Management Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (38)
                  
                        Council Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources (OJ L 375, 31.12.1991, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (39)
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
               
               
                  
                     (40)
                  
                        Consistent with Consistent with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (41)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82).
               
               
                  
                     (42)
                  
                        In accordance with Directive 2009/147/EC and Directive 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example  International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (43)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (44)
                  
                        Consistent with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (45)
                  
                        Concerning risks assessments see, for instance, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014.
               
               
                  
                     (46)
                  
                        Establishment of forest through planting or deliberate seeding on land that, until then, was under a different land use, implies a transformation of land use form non-forest to forest (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. 
                  http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
                   ).
               
               
                  
                     (47)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than 5 meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. 
                  ht
                  tp://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (48)
                  
                        Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014 of 11 March 2014 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 1305/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council on support for rural development by the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) and introducing transitional provisions (OJ L 227, 31.7.2014, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (49)
                  
                        Forest Europe Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC adopted by the MCPFE Expert Level Meeting on 12-13 November, 2008 and by the PEBLDS Bureau on behalf of the PEBLDS Council on 4 November, 2008, https://www.foresteurope.org/docs/other_meetings/2008/Geneva/Guidelines_Aff_Ref_ADOPTED.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (50)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82).
               
               
                  
                     (51)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 995/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 October 2010 laying down the obligations of operators who place timber and timber products on the market Text with EEA relevance (OJ L 295, 12.11.2010, p. 23).
               
               
                  
                     (52)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (53)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (54)
                  
                        Directive 2009/128/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for Community action to achieve the sustainable use of pesticides (OJ L 309, 24.11.2009, p. 71).
               
               
                  
                     (55)
                  
                        Stockholm Convention on persistent organic pollutants ((OJ L 209, 31.7.2006, p. 3.).
               
               
                  
                     (56)
                  
                        Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade (OJ L 63, 6.3.2003, p. 29)..
               
               
                  
                     (57)
                  
                        Minamata Convention on Mercury (OJ L 142, 2.6.2017, p. 6.)..
               
               
                  
                     (58)
                  
                        Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (OJ L 297, 31.10.1988, p. 21).
               
               
                  
                     (59)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (60)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0.5 hectares with trees higher than 5 meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (61)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (62)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (63)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (64)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (65)
                  
                        Re-establishment of forest through planting and/or deliberate seeding on land classified as forest. FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (66)
                  
                        FAO definition of “naturally regenerating forests”. Forest predominantly composed of trees established through natural regeneration.
               
               
                  
                     (67)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (68)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (69)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (70)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (71)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (72)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (73)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (74)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (75)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (76)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (77)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards for activities addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (78)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (79)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (80)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (81)
                  
                        The primary designated management objective assigned to a management unit (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (82)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is protection of soil and water. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (83)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is conservation of biological diversity. Includes but is not limited to areas designated for biodiversity conservation within the protected areas. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (84)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is social services. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf)
               
               
                  
                     (85)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (86)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (87)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (88)
                  
                        The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat, https://www.ramsar.org/sites/default/files/documents/library/current_convention_text_e.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (89)
                  
                        Wetlands include a wide variety of inland habitats such as marshes, wet grasslands and peatlands, floodplains, rivers and lakes, and coastal areas such as saltmarshes, mangroves, intertidal mudflats and seagrass beds, and coral reefs and other marine areas no deeper than six meters at low tide, as well as human-made wetlands such as dams, reservoirs, rice paddies and waste water treatment ponds and lagoons. An Introduction to the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 7th ed. (previously The Ramsar Convention Manual). Ramsar Convention Secretariat, Gland, Switzerland.
               
               
                  
                     (90)
                  
                        Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament of 29 May 1995 on wise use and conservation of wetlands, COM(95) 189 final.
               
               
                  
                     (91)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 691/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 July 2011 on European environmental economic accounts (OJ L 192, 22.7.2011, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (92)
                  
                        Ramsar Convention (2002) Principles and guidelines for wetland restoration. Adopted by Resolution VIII.16 (2002) of the Ramsar Convention (
                  https://www.ramsar.org/sites/default/files/documents/pdf/guide/guide-restoration.pdf
                  ).
               
               
                  
                     (93)
                  
                        Ramsar Convention (2002) Resolution VIII.14 New Guidelines for management planning for Ramsar sites and other wetlands (
                  https://www.ramsar.org/sites/default/files/documents/pdf/res/key_res_viii_14_e.pdf
                  ).
               
               
                  
                     (94)
                  
                        Box 2.0a “Consistency Between AFOLU Projects or Activities and IPCC Inventory Guidelines”. In Chapter 2: Generic Methodologies Applicable to Multiple Land-Use Categories. In Volume 4: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. In 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/4_Volume4/19R_V4_Ch02_Generic%20Methods.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (95)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (96)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), 
                  https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1
                   
               
               
                  
                     (97)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (98)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (99)
                  
                        Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment (OJ L 26, 28.1.2012, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (100)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (101)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (102)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (103)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (104)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (105)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (106)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (107)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (108)
                  
                        As defined in Article 4(1), points (a) and (b) of Regulation (EU)2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 151, 14.06.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (109)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 setting CO2 emission performance standards for new passenger cars and for new light commercial vehicles, and repealing Regulations (EC) No 443/2009 and (EU) No 510/2011 (OJ L 111, 25.4.2019, p. 13).
               
               
                  
                     (110)
                  
                        As defined in Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 January 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 52).
               
               
                  
                     (111)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 January 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 52).
               
               
                  
                     (112)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 setting CO2 emission performance standards for new heavy-duty vehicles and amending Regulations (EC) No 595/2009 and (EU) 2018/956 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Directive 96/53/EC (OJ L 198, 25.7.2019, p. 202).
               
               
                  
                     (113)
                  
                        The Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator is defined as the ratio of mass of CO2 emitted per unit of transport work. It should be a representative value of the energy efficiency of the ship operation over a consistent period which represents the overall trading pattern of the vessel. Guidance on how to calculate this indicator is provided in the document MEPC.1/Circ. 684 from IMO.
               
               
                  
                     (114)
                  
                        Energy Efficiency Design Index, http://www.imo.org/fr/MediaCentre/HotTopics/GHG/Pages/EEDI.aspx.
               
               
                  
                     (115)
                  
                        As agreed by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization on its seventy-fourth session.
               
               
                  
                     (116)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (117)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (118)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (119)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (120)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (121)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2017 setting a framework for energy labelling and repealing Directive 2010/30/EU (OJ L 198, 28.7.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (122)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (123)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (124)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (125)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (126)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (127)
                  
                        Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU of 9 April 2013 on the use of common methods to measure and communicate the life cycle environmental performance of products and organisations (OJ L 124, 4.5.2013, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (128)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (129)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to  Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (130)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (131)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (132)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (133)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/331 of 19 December 2018 determining transitional Union-wide rules for harmonised free allocation of emission allowances pursuant to Article 10a of Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 59, 27.2.2019, p. 8).
               
               
                  
                     (134)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Community and amending Council Directive 96/61/EC (OJ L 275, 25.10.2003, p. 32).]
               
               
                  
                     (135)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (136)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC multiplied by the clinker to cement ratio (0.65).]
               
               
                  
                     (137)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (138)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2013/163/EU of 26 March 2013 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide (OJ L 100, 9.4.2013, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (139)
                  
                        See Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) on Economics and Cross-Media Effects, https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/ecm_bref_0706.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (140)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (141)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (142)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (143)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (144)
                  
                        Indirect greenhouse gas emissions are the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions produced from the generation of the electricity used for the manufacturing of primary aluminium.
               
               
                  
                     (145)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC plus the substantial contribution to climate change mitigation criterion for electricity generation (100gCO2/kWh) multiplied by the average energy efficiency of aluminium manufacturing (15.5 MWh/t Al)]
               
               
                  
                     (146)
                  
                        The aluminium manufactured is the unwrought non-alloy liquid aluminium produced from electrolysis.
               
               
                  
                     (147)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (148)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1032 of 13 June 2016 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for the non-ferrous metals industries (OJ L 174, 30.6.2016, p. 32).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (149)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (150)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (151)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (152)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (153)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (154)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (155)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (156)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (157)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (158)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (159)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (160)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (161)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2012/135/EU of 28 February 2012 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions for iron and steel production (OJ L 70, 8.3.2012, p. 63).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (162)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (163)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (164)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (165)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (166)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82)
               
               
                  
                     (167)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (168)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive 2011/92/EU).
               
               
                  
                     (169)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (170)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (171)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (172)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (173)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (174)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (175)
                  
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document  for the Large Volumes Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry, 
                     https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/lvic-s_bref_0907.pdf
                      
                  
               
               
                  
                     (176)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/902 of 30 May 2016 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector (OJ L 152, 9.6.2016, p. 23).
               
               
                  
                     (177)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (178)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (179)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (180)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (181)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (182)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (183)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (184)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive 2011/92/EU).
               
               
                  
                     (185)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (186)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (187)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (188)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (189)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2013/732/EU of 9 December 2013 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions, for the production of chlor-alkali (OJ L 332, 11.12.2013, p. 34).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (190)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (191)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (192)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (193)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (194)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (195)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (196)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (197)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (198)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (199)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (200)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (201)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (202)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/2117 of 21 November 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for the production of large volume organic chemicals
                     
                     (OJ L 323, 7.12.2017, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (203)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (204)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (205)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (206)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (207)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (208)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (209)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (210)
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers  
                  https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/lvic_aaf.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (211)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (212)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (213)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (214)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (215)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with the Regulation (EU) 2019/331
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (216)
                  
                        [The average value of the top 10% of installations based on the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026 and calculated in accordance with the methodology for setting the benchmarks set out in Directive 2003/87/EC.]
               
               
                  
                     (217)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (218)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (219)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (220)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (221)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (222)
                  
                  
                        Renewable feedstock refers to biomass, industrial bio-waste or municipal bio-waste.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (223)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (224)
                  
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Production of Polymers 
                     https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/pol_bref_0807.pdf
                     .
                  
               
               
                  
                     (225)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (226)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (227)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (228)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (229)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (230)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (231)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (232)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (233)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (234)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (235)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (236)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (237)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (238)
                  
                        Directive 2008/56/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 June 2008 establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy (Marine Strategy Framework Directive) (OJ L 164, 25.6.2008, p. 19).
               
               
                  
                     (239)
                  
                        Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 of 17 May 2017 laying down criteria and methodological standards on good environmental status of marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment, and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU (OJ L 125, 18.5.2017, p. 43).
               
               
                  
                     (240)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive 2011/92/EU).
               
               
                  
                     (241)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (242)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (243)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (244)
                  
                        Practical guidance for the implementation of this criterion is contained in the European Commission document: “Wind energy developments and Natura 2000”, https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/management/docs/Wind_farms.pdf [being updated – add new reference if available on time for DA adoption].
               
               
                  
                     (245)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 528/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2012 concerning the making available on the market and use of biocidal products (OJ L 167, 27.6.2012, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (246)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (247)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (248)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (249)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (250)
                  
                        
                  https://www.hydropower.org/gres
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (251)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (252)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (253)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (254)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (255)
                  
                        Practical guidance is contained in Commission notice C/2018/2619 ‘Guidance document on the requirements for hydropower in relation to EU nature legislation’ (OJ C 213, 18.6.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (256)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (257)
                  
                        Directive 2004/107/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 relating to arsenic, cadmium, mercury, nickel and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in ambient air (OJ L 23, 26.1.2005, p. 3).
               
               
                  
                     (258)
                  
                        Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe (OJ L 152, 11.6.2008, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (259)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (260)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (261)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (262)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (263)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2020/852 excludes power generation using solid fossil fuels, therefore they cannot be included in the scope of any of the activities in the delegated act.
               
               
                  
                     (264)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (265)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (266)
                  
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 November 2015 on the limitation of emissions of certain pollutants into the air from medium combustion plants (OJ L 313, 28.11.2015, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (267)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (268)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (269)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (270)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (271)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1)
               
               
                  
                     (272)
                  
                        Directive 2012/27/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on energy efficiency, amending Directives 2009/125/EC and 2010/30/EU and repealing Directives 2004/8/EC and 2006/32/EC (OJ L 315, 14.11.2012, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (273)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (274)
                  
                        Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 on industrial emissions (integrated pollution prevention and control) (OJ L 334, 17.12.2010, p. 17).
               
               
                  
                     (275)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (276)
                  
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 November 2015 on the limitation of emissions of certain pollutants into the air from medium combustion plants (OJ L 313, 28.11.2015, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (277)
                  
                        Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe (OJ L 152, 11.6.2008, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (278)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (279)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (280)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (281)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (282)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 of 21 May 2014 on implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to small, medium and large power transformers (OJ L 152, 22.5.2014, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (283)
                  
                        CEI EN 50588-1 Medium power transformers 50 Hz, with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 36 kV.
               
               
                  
                     (284)
                  
                        Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines of 30 April 2007, https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/29f5137d-6e17-4660-b1f9-02bf561935e5/Final%2B-%2BGeneral%2BEHS%2BGuidelines.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=jOWim3p.
               
               
                  
                     (285)
                  
                        Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) (1999/519/EC) (OJ L 199, 30.7.1999, p. 59)..
               
               
                  
                     (286)
                  
                  
                        ICNIRP 1998 Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 ghz), 
                     https://www.icnirp.org/cms/upload/publications/ICNIRPemfgdl.pdf
                     .
                  
               
               
                  
                     (287)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (288)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (289)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (290)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (291)
                  
                        Practical guidance for the implementation of this criterion is contained in the European Commission notice 2018/C 213/02 “Energy transmission infrastructure and EU nature legislation” (OJ C 213, 18.6.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (292)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (293)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (294)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (295)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (296)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (297)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (298)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (299)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (300)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (301)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (302)
                  
                        Directive 2012/18/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council  of 4 July 2012 on the control of major-accident hazards involving dangerous substances, amending and subsequently repealing Council Directive 96/82/EC (OJ L 197, 24.7.2012, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (303)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (304)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (305)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (306)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (307)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (308)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
               
               
                  
                     (309)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (310)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (311)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (312)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (313)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (314)
                  
                        Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (OJ L 285, 31.10.2009, p. 10).
               
               
                  
                     (315)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (316)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (317)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (318)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (319)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (320)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (321)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (322)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (323)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (324)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) No 206/2012 of 6 March 2012 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for air conditioners and comfort fans (OJ L 72, 10.3.2012, p. 7), Commission Regulation (EU) No 813/2013 of 2 August 2013 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for space heaters and combination heaters (OJ L 239, 6.9.2013, p. 136) and Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/2281 Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/2281 of 30 November 2016 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products, with regard to ecodesign requirements for air heating products, cooling products, high temperature process chillers and fan coil units (OJ L 346, 20.12.2016, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (325)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (326)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) No 206/2012 of 6 March 2012 implementing Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to ecodesign requirements for air conditioners and comfort fans (OJ L 72, 10.3.2012, p. 7).
               
               
                  
                     (327)
                  
                        Cogeneration is defined in Article 2 point 30 of Directive 2012/27/EU.
               
               
                  
                     (328)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (329)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (330)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (331)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (332)
                  
                        Cogeneration is defined in Article 2 point 30 of Directive 2012/27/EU.
               
               
                  
                     (333)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (334)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (335)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (336)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (337)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (338)
                  
                        Cogeneration is defined in Article 2 point 30 of Directive 2012/27/EU.
               
               
                  
                     (339)
                  
                        The Regulation (EU) 2020/852 excludes power generation using solid fossil fuels, therefore they cannot be included in the scope of any of the activities in the delegated act.
               
               
                  
                     (340)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (341)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (342)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (343)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (344)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (345)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (346)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (347)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (348)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (349)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (350)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (351)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (352)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (353)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (354)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (355)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (356)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (357)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (358)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (359)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (360)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (361)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (362)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2020/852excludes power generation using solid fossil fuels, therefore they cannot be included in the scope of any of the activities in the delegated act.
               
               
                  
                     (363)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (364)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (365)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (366)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (367)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (368)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (369)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (370)
                  
                        Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe
               
               
                  
                     (371)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (372)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (373)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (374)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (375)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (376)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (377)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (378)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (379)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (380)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (381)
                  
                  
                        The Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) is calculated as current annual real losses (CARL)/unavoidable annual real losses (UARL): The current annual real losses (CARL) represent the amount of water that is actually lost from the distribution network (i.e. not delivered to final users). The unavoidable annual real losses (UARL) take into consideration that there will always be some leakage in a water distribution network. The UARL is calculated based on factors such as the length of the network, the number of service connections and the pressure at which the network is operating.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (382)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (383)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that).
               
               
                  
                     (384)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (385)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (386)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (387)
                  
                        The Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) is calculated as current annual real losses (CARL)/unavoidable annual real losses (UARL): The current annual real losses (CARL) represent the amount of water that is actually lost from the distribution network (i.e. not delivered to final users). The unavoidable annual real losses (UARL) take into consideration that there will always be some leakage in a water distribution network. The UARL is calculated based on factors such as the length of the network, the number of service connections and the pressure at which the network is operating.
               
               
                  
                     (388)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (389)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (390)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (391)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (392)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (393)
                  
                        For example, following IPCC guidelines for national GHG inventories for waste water treatment: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/5_Volume5/19R_V5_6_Ch06_Wastewater.pdf
                  
                   
               
               
                  
                     (394)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (395)
                  
                        As set out in Annex II of Regulation (EU) 2020/741 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25May 2020 on minimum requirements for water reuse (OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, p. 32). 
               
               
                  
                     (396)
                  
                        Council Directive 91/271/EEC of 21 May 1991 concerning urban waste-water treatment (OJ L 135, 30.5.1991, p. 40).
               
               
                  
                     (397)
                  
                        Council Directive 86/278/EEC of 12 June 1986 on the protection of the environment, and in particular of the soil, when sewage sludge is used in agriculture (OJ L 181, 4.7.1986, p. 6).
               
               
                  
                     (398)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (399)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (400)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (401)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (402)
                  
                        For example, following IPCC guidelines for national GHG inventories for waste water treatment: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/5_Volume5/19R_V5_6_Ch06_Wastewater.pdf
                  
                   
               
               
                  
                     (403)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (404)
                  
                        As set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2020/741 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25May 2020 on minimum requirements for water reuse (OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, p. 32). 
               
               
                  
                     (405)
                  
                        Council Directive 91/271/EEC of 21 May 1991 concerning urban waste-water treatment (OJ L 135, 30.5.1991, p. 40).
               
               
                  
                     (406)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (407)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (408)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (409)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (410)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (411)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (412)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 June 2019 laying down rules on the making available on the market of EU fertilising products and amending Regulations (EC) No 1069/2009 and (EC) No 1107/2009 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 2003/2003 (OJ L 170, 25.6.2019, p. 1). For the requirements on digestate, see Component Material Categories (CMCs) 4 and 5 set out in annex II of Regulation 2019/1009. 
               
               
                  
                     (413)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (414)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (415)
                  
                        Bio-waste is defined in Article 3, point 4, of Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 November 2008 on waste and repealing certain Directives (OJ L 312, 22.11.2008, p. 3).
               
               
                  
                     (416)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (417)
                  
                        ‘Landfill’ is defined in Article 2, point (g), of Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste (OJ L 182, 16.7.1999, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (418)
                  
                        ‘Biogas’ is defined in Article 2, point 28, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
               
               
                  
                     (419)
                  
                  
                        Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste (OJ L 182, 16.7.1999, p. 1)
                  
               
               
                  
                     (420)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (421)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (422)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (423)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (424)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (425)
                  
                        Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 on the geological storage of carbon dioxide and amending Council Directive 85/337/EEC, European Parliament and Council Directives 2000/60/EC, 2001/80/EC, 2004/35/EC, 2006/12/EC, 2008/1/EC and Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 (OJ L 140, 5.6.2009, p. 114).
               
               
                  
                     (426)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (427)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (428)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (429)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (430)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (431)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 September 2016 on requirements relating to gaseous and particulate pollutant emission limits and type-approval for internal combustion engines for non-road mobile machinery, amending Regulations (EU) No 1024/2012 and (EU) No 167/2013, and amending and repealing Directive 97/68/EC (OJ L 252, 16.9.2016, p. 53).
               
               
                  
                     (432)
                  
                        Directive 2000/53/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2000 on end-of life vehicles (OJ L 269, 21.10.2000, p. 34). Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as category M1 or N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity. 
               
               
                  
                     (433)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2020/740 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 2020 on the labelling of tyres with respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters, amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1222/2009 (OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (434)
                  
                        Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 concerning type-approval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (435)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as category M1 or N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (436)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (a)(i), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 151, 14.6.2018, p. 1)
               
               
                  
                     (437)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(i), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (438)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (439)
                  
                        As set out in Annex I of Directive 2005/64/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on the type-approval of motor vehicles with regard to their reusability, recyclability and recoverability and amending Council Directive 70/156/EEC (OJ L 310, 25.11.2005, p. 10).
               
               
                  
                     (440)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as M1 or N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (441)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) 2018/1832 of 5 November 2018 amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 for the purpose of improving the emission type approval tests and procedures for light passenger and commercial vehicles, including those for in-service conformity and real-driving emissions and introducing devices for monitoring the consumption of fuel and electric energy (OJ L 301, 27.11.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (442)
                  
                        Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information (OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (443)
                  
                        Directive 2009/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 on the promotion of clean and energy-efficient road transport vehicles (OJ L 120, 15.5.2009, p. 5).
               
               
                  
                     (444)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 540/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on the sound level of motor vehicles and of replacement silencing systems, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directive 70/157/EEC (OJ L 158, 27.5.2014, p. 131).
               
               
                  
                     (445)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(ii), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on the approval and market surveillance of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, amending Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 and repealing Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 151, 14.6.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (446)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(iii), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (447)
                  
                        As set out in Annex I to Directive 2005/64/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (448)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as category M1 and N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (449)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 of 25 May 2011 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Annexes I and III to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 167, 25.6.2011, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (450)
                  
                        Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2009 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Directive 2007/46/EC and repealing Directives 80/1269/EEC, 2005/55/EC and 2005/78/EC (OJ L 188, 18.7.2009, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (451)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (452)
                  
                        The Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator is defined as the ratio of mass of CO2 emitted per unit of transport work. It should be a representative value of the energy efficiency of the ship operation over a consistent period which represents the overall trading pattern of the vessel. Guidance on how to calculate this indicator is provided in the document MEPC.1/Circ. 684 from IMO.  
               
               
                  
                     (453)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (454)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (455)
                  
                        Energy Efficiency Design Index, 
                  http://www.imo.org/fr/MediaCentre/HotTopics/GHG/Pages/EEDI.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (456)
                  
                        As agreed by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization on its seventy-fourth session.
               
               
                  
                     (457)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (458)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 and Directive 2009/16/EC (OJ L 330, 10.12.2013, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (459)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323 establishing the European List of ship recycling facilities pursuant to Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council on ship recycling (OJ L 345, 20.12.2016, p. 119).
               
               
                  
                     (460)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2019/883 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2019 on port reception facilities for the delivery of waste from ships, amending Directive 2010/65/EU and repealing Directive 2000/59/EC (OJ L 151, 7.6.2019, p. 116).
               
               
                  
                     (461)
                  
                        The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) of 2 November 1973.
               
               
                  
                     (462)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2016/802 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2016 relating to a reduction in the sulphur content of certain liquid fuels (OJ L 132, 21.5.2016, p. 58).
               
               
                  
                     (463)
                  
                        
                  http://www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/PollutionPrevention/AirPollution/Pages/Sulphur-oxides-(SOx)-%E2%80%93-Regulation-14.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (464)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (465)
                  
                        
                  http://www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/PollutionPrevention/AirPollution/Pages/Nitrogen-oxides-(NOx)-–-Regulation-13.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (466)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (467)
                  
                        International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships of 5 October 2001.
               
               
                  
                     (468)
                  
                        IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise from Commercial Shipping to Address Adverse Impacts on Marine Life, (MEPC.1/Circ.833).
               
               
                  
                     (469)
                  
                        Energy Efficiency Design Index, 
                  http://www.imo.org/fr/MediaCentre/HotTopics/GHG/Pages/EEDI.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (470)
                  
                        As agreed by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization on its seventy-fourth session.
               
               
                  
                     (471)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (472)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (473)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (474)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (475)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (476)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (477)
                  
                        IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise from Commercial Shipping to Address Adverse Impacts on Marine Life, (MEPC.1/Circ.833).
               
               
                  
                     (478)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (479)
                  
                        Commission Decision 2000/532/EC of 3 May 2000 replacing Decision 94/3/EC establishing a list of wastes pursuant to Article 1(a) of Council Directive 75/442/EEC on waste and Council Decision 94/904/EC establishing a list of hazardous waste pursuant to Article 1(4) of Council Directive 91/689/EEC on hazardous waste (OJ L 226, 6.9.2000, p. 3).
               
               
                  
                     (480)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en .
               
               
                  
                     (481)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (482)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (483)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (484)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (485)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2016/797 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2016 on the interoperability of the rail system within the European Union (OJ L 138, 26.5.2016, p. 44).
               
               
                  
                     (486)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (487)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (488)
                  
                        Directive 2002/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 June 2002 relating to the assessment and management of environmental noise (OJ L 189, 18.7.2002, p. 12).
               
               
                  
                     (489)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (490)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (491)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (492)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (493)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (494)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (495)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (496)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (497)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (498)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (499)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (500)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (501)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (502)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (503)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (504)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (505)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (506)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (507)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (508)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (509)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (510)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (511)
                  
                        The calculated amount of energy needed to meet the energy demand associated with the typical uses of a building expressed by a numeric indicator of total primary energy use in kWh/m2 per year and based on the relevant national calculation methodology and as displayed on the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
               
               
                  
                     (512)
                  
                        Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings (OJ L 153, 18.6.2010, p. 13).
               
               
                  
                     (513)
                  
                        For residential buildings, the testing is made for a representative set of dwelling/apartment types.
               
               
                  
                     (514)
                  
                        The testing is carried out in accordance with EN13187 (Thermal Performance of Buildings - Qualitative Detection of Thermal Irregularities in Building Envelopes - Infrared Method) and EN 13829 (Thermal performance of buildings. Determination of air permeability of buildings. Fan pressurisation method) or equivalent standards accepted by the respective building control body where the building is located. 
               
               
                  
                     (515)
                  
                        For residential buildings, the calculation and disclosure are made for a representative set of dwelling/apartment types.
               
               
                  
                     (516)
                  
                        The GWP is communicated as a numeric indicator for each life cycle stage expressed as kgCO2e/m2 (of useful internal floor area) averaged for one year of a reference study period of 50 years. The data selection, scenario definition and calculations are carried out in accordance with EN 15978 (BS EN 15978:2011. Sustainability of construction works. Assessment of environmental performance of buildings. Calculation method). The scope of building elements and technical equipment shall be as defined in the Level(s) common EU framework for indicator 1.2. Where a national calculation tool exists, or is required for making disclosures or for obtaining building permits, the respective tool may be used to provide the required disclosure. Other calculation tools may be used if they fulfil the minimum criteria laid down by the Level(s) common EU framework: 
                  https://susproc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/product-bureau/product-groups/412/documents
                  , see indicator 1.2 user manual.
               
               
                  
                     (517)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (518)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (519)
                  
                        ISO 20887:2020, Sustainability in buildings and civil engineering works - Design for disassembly and adaptability - Principles, requirements and guidance.
               
               
                  
                     (520)
                  
                        Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), establishing a European Chemicals Agency, amending Directive 1999/45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1488/94 as well as Council Directive 76/769/EEC and Commission Directives 91/155/EEC, 93/67/EEC, 93/105/EC and 2000/21/EC (OJ L 396, 30.12.2006, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (521)
                  
                        Applying to paints and varnishes, ceiling tiles, floor coverings, including associated adhesives and sealants, internal insulation and interior surface treatments, such as those to treat damp and mold.
               
               
                  
                     (522)
                  
                        CEN/TS 16516: 2013, Construction products - Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Determination of emissions into indoor air.
               
               
                  
                     (523)
                  
                        ISO 16000-3:2011, Indoor air — Part 3: Determination of formaldehyde and other carbonyl compounds in indoor air and test chamber air — Active sampling method.
               
               
                  
                     (524)
                  
                        The emissions thresholds for carcinogenic volatile organic compounds relate to a 28-day test period.
               
               
                  
                     (525)
                  
                        ISO 18400 series on Soil quality — Sampling
               
               
                  
                     (526)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (527)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (528)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (529)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (530)
                  
                        JRC ESDCA, LUCAS: Land Use and Coverage Area frame Survey, https://esdac.jrc.ec.europa.eu/projects/lucas
               
               
                  
                     (531)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN European Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucn.org/regions/europe/our-work/biodiversity-conservation/european-red-list-threatened-species.
               
               
                  
                     (532)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucnredlist.org.
               
               
                  
                     (533)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0.5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10 %, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use.
               
               
                  
                     (534)
                  
                        As set in the applicable national and regional building regulations for ‘major renovation’ implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance of the building or the renovated part upgraded meets cost-optimal minimum energy performance requirements in accordance with the respective directive.
               
               
                  
                     (535)
                  
                        The initial primary energy demand and the estimated improvement is based on a detailed building survey, an energy audit conducted by an accredited independent expert or any other transparent and proportionate method, and validated through an Energy Performance Certificate. The 30 % improvement results from an actual reduction in primary energy demand (where the reductions in net primary energy demand through renewable energy sources are not taken into account), and can be achieved through a succession of measures within a maximum of three years.
               
               
                  
                     (536)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_en.
               
               
                  
                     (537)
                  
                        Applying to paints and varnishes, ceiling tiles, floor coverings (including associated adhesives and sealants), internal insulation and interior surface treatments (such as to treat damp and mold)
               
               
                  
                     (538)
                  
                        The emissions thresholds for carcinogenic volatile organic compounds relate to a 28-day test period.
               
               
                  
                     (539)
                  
                        [Reference to EU standards is available at EU level to assess technical specifications of products: EN 200 on "Sanitary tapware. Single taps and combination taps for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2. General technical specification"; EN 816 "Sanitary tapware –Automatic shut-off valves PN 10";·EN 817 "Mechanical mixing valves (PN 10) -General technical specifications";·EN 1111 "Sanitary tapware –Thermostatic mixing valves (PN 10) – General technical specification"; EN 1112 on "Sanitary tapware. Shower outlets for sanitary tapware for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2 –General technical specification";·EN 1113 on "Sanitary tapware –Shower hoses for sanitary tapware for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2 –General technical specification", including a method to test the resistance to flexing of the hose;·EN 1287 on "Sanitary tapware. Low pressure thermostatic mixing valves. General technical specifications";·EN 15091 "Sanitary tapware –Electronic opening and closing sanitary tapware".’]
               
               
                  
                     (540)
                  
                  
                        This can be demonstrated, for example, through the presence of an Energy Performance Contract or a building automation and control system in accordance with Article 14 (4) and Article 15 (4), of Directive 2010/31/EU.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (541)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (542)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (543)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (544)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (545)
                  
                        JRC ESDCA, LUCAS: Land Use and Coverage Area frame Survey, https://esdac.jrc.ec.europa.eu/projects/lucas.
               
               
                  
                     (546)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN European Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucn.org/regions/europe/our-work/biodiversity-conservation/european-red-list-threatened-species.
               
               
                  
                     (547)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucnredlist.org.
               
               
                  
                     (548)
                  
                        Data centres include the following equipment: ICT equipment and services; cooling; data centre power equipment; data centre power distribution equipment; data centre building; monitoring systems.
               
               
                  
                     (549)
                  
                        https://e3p.jrc.ec.europa.eu/publications/2020-best-practice-guidelines-eu-code-conduct-data-centre-energy-efficiency
               
               
                  
                     (550)
                  
                        Issued on 1 July 2019 by the European Committee for Standardization (CEN) and the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC),https://www.cenelec.eu/dyn/www/f?p=104:110:508227404055501::::FSP_ORG_ID,FSP_PROJECT,FSP_LANG_ID:1258297,65095,25.
               
               
                  
                     (551)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on fluorinated greenhouse gases and repealing Regulation (EC) No 842/2006, (OJ L 150, 20.5.2014, p. 195). 
               
               
                  
                     (552)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards for activities addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (553)
                  
                        Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (OJ L 174, 1.7.2011, p. 88).
               
               
                  
                     (554)
                  
                        Directive 2012/19/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2012 on waste electrical and electronic equipment (OJ L 197, 24.7.2012, p. 38).
               
               
                  
                     (555)
                  
                        
                  https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-L.1450-201809-I/en
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (556)
                  
                        Corresponding to at least TRL 6 in accordance with Annex G of the General Annexes of HORIZON 2020 WORK PROGRAMME 2016– 2017, p.29. 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/wp/2016-2017/annexes/h2020-wp1617-annex-ga_en.pdf
                     
               
               
                  
                     (557)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
            
      
    ---documentbreak--- NA ---documentbreak--- 
      
         
         
            
               ANNEX II
            
            
               Technical screening criteria for determining the conditions under which an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to climate change adaptation and for determining whether that economic activity causes no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives
            
            
               1.Agriculture and forestry
            
            
               1.1.Growing of non-perennial crops
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Growing of plants that do not last for more than two growing seasons, including for the purpose of seed production.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           1
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports
                           2
                         and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented:
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           3
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           4
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)permanent grassland is maintained
                           5
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)wetland and peatland are appropriately protected
                           6
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)arable stubble is not burnt, except where an exemption has been granted for plant health reasons
                           7
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (d)minimum land management under tillage, including on slopes
                           8
                        .
                     
                     
                        Continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five meter and a canopy cover of between 10 and 30% or able to reach those thresholds in situ
                           9
                        , are not converted.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           10
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant authority for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-natural waste materials generated in the course of growing of non-perennial crops, including used protected cultivation films, unused agrochemicals or fertilisers, packaging or net wraps are collected by certified waste management operator and recycled or disposed, if hazardous or otherwise not recyclable. Natural (organic) materials  and other suitable wastes (which may include pesticide washings) are used for agricultural benefit.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           11
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Directive 91/676/EEC.
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           12
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           13
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           14
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated.
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           15
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           16
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           17
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014
                           18
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               1.2.Growing of perennial crops
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Growing of plants that lasts for more than two growing seasons, either dying back after each season or growing continuously, including for the purpose of seed production.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           19
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           20
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           21
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)permanent grassland is maintained
                           22
                        ; 
                     
                     
                        (b)wetland and peatland are appropriately protected
                           23
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)arable stubble is not burnt, except where an exemption has been granted for plant health reasons
                           24
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (d)minimum land management under tillage, including on slopes
                           25
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (e)no bare soil in most sensitive period
                           26
                        .
                     
                     
                        Continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five meter and a canopy cover of between 10 and 30% or able to reach those thresholds in situ
                           27
                        , are not converted.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           28
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant authority for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-natural waste materials generated in the course of growing of non-perennial crops, including used protected cultivation films, unused agrochemicals or fertilisers, packaging, net wraps, are collected by certified waste management operator and  recycled or disposed, if hazardous or otherwise not recyclable. Natural (organic) materials and other suitable wastes, including pesticide washings are used for agricultural benefit. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           29
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Directive 91/676/EEC.
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           30
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           31
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           32
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated;
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           33
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           34
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           35
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014
                           36
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               1.3.Livestock production
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Raising (farming) and breeding of all animals, except aquatic animals. Livestock production excludes farm animal boarding and care and production of hides and skins from slaughterhouses.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A1.4 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           37
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           38
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           39
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)permanent grassland is maintained
                           40
                        ; 
                     
                     
                        (b)wetland and peatland are appropriately protected
                           41
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)arable stubble is not burnt, except where an exemption has been granted for plant health reasons
                           42
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (d)minimum land management under tillage, including on slopes
                           43
                        .
                     
                     
                        Continuously forested areas, namely land spanning more than one hectare with trees higher than five meter and a canopy cover of between 10 and 30% or able to reach those thresholds in situ
                           44
                        , are not converted.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           45
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Where the activity involves water abstraction, a permit for water abstraction has been granted by the relevant competent for the activity, specifying conditions to avoid significant impact on water bodies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The application of nutrients (fertilisers) and plant protection products, including pesticides and herbicides, is targeted regarding time and area treated, is delivered at appropriate levels and with appropriate equipment and techniques to reduce risk and impacts of pesticide use on human health and the environment and of the loss of excess nutrients
                           46
                        .
                     
                     
                        Particularly in zones affected by nitrogen pollution and waters which could be affected by pollution, nitrogen applications are consistent with good agricultural practice and take into account the characteristics of the vulnerable zone concerned, in particular:
                     
                     
                        (a) soil conditions, soil type and slope;
                     
                     
                        (b) climatic conditions, rainfall and irrigation;
                     
                     
                        (c) land use and agricultural practices, including crop rotation systems.
                     
                     
                        Nitrogen applications are to be based on a balance between:
                     
                     
                        (a)the expected nitrogen requirements of the crops;
                     
                     
                        (b)the nitrogen supply to the crops from the soil and from fertilisation corresponding to:
                     
                     
                        (I)the amount of nitrogen present in the soil at the moment the crop starts to use it to a significant degree (outstanding amounts at the end of winter);
                     
                     
                        (II)the supply of nitrogen through the net mineralisation of the reserves of organic nitrogen in the soil;
                     
                     
                        (III)additions of nitrogen compounds from livestock manure;
                     
                     
                        (IV)additions of nitrogen compounds from chemical and other fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to ensure that, for each agricultural holding, the amount of livestock manure applied to the land each year, including by the animals themselves, does not exceed 170 kg N ha-1 per hectare or different amounts in accordance with the conditions set out in Annex II to Directive 91/676/EEC.
                     
                     
                        Only plant protection products with active substances that ensure high protection of human and animal health and the environment are used
                           47
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Activities ensure the protection of soil, particularly over winter, to prevent erosion and run-off into water courses/bodies and to maintain soil organic matter
                           48
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the disturbance, capture or killing of legally protected species or the deterioration of legally protected habitats.
                     
                     
                        Activities do not lead to the conversion, fragmentation or unsustainable intensification of high-nature-value land, wetlands, forests, or other lands of high-biodiversity value
                           49
                        , including highly biodiverse grassland spanning more than one hectare that is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)natural, namely grassland that would remain grassland in the absence of human intervention and that maintains the natural species composition and ecological characteristics and processes of that grassland;
                     
                     
                        (b)non-natural, namely grassland that would cease to be grassland in the absence of human intervention and that is species-rich and not degraded and has been identified as being highly biodiverse by the relevant competent authority.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas (‘KBAs’), as well as other protected areas):
                     
                     
                        (a)activities do not lead to the deterioration of natural habitats and the habitats of species and to disturbance of the species for which the protected area have been designated.
                     
                     
                        (b)activities are carried out in accordance with the conclusions of an appropriate assessment
                           50
                        , where applicable, and necessary mitigation measures
                           51
                         have been implemented accordingly
                           52
                        .
                     
                     
                        The cultivation of alien species complies with the applicable rules regarding the risk, monitoring and safeguards in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014
                           53
                        . Species on the list of invasive alien species of Union concern and alien species on Member States national lists of species that are considered invasive or high risk are not cultivated. Alien species not included in the above-mentioned lists are cultivated only where there is negligible risk of invasion, following the relevant assessment process.
                     
                  
               
               1.4.Afforestation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Establishment of forest through planting or deliberate seeding on land that, until then, was under a different land use or not used. Afforestation implies a transformation of land use from non-forest to forest, in accordance with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (‘FAO’) definition of afforestation
                  54
               , where forest means a land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  55
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           56
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           57
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           58
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Afforestation plan
                     
                     
                        1.1. The area on which the activity takes place is covered by a long-term (10 years or more) afforestation plan developed prior to the start of the activity, until this area matches the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory or where not available, is in line with the FAO definition of forest.
                     
                     
                        The afforestation plan contains all elements required by the national law relating to environmental impact assessment of afforestation or, where such a national law does not exists, the plan includes detailed information on the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)description of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (b)site preparation and its impacts on pre-existing carbon stocks, including soils and above-ground biomass, in order to protect land with high carbon stock;
                     
                     
                        (c)management goals, including major constraints;
                     
                     
                        (d)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (e)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (f)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (g)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (h)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of concerned stakeholders)
                     
                     
                        (i)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2. The activity follows the best afforestation practices laid down in national law, or, where no such best afforestation practices have been laid down in national law, the activity complies with one of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the activity complies with Delegated Regulation (EU) No 807/2014;
                     
                     
                        (b)the activity follows the “Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC”
                           59
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)the management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to afforestation are addressed in the afforestation plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The afforestation plan provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the activity and every five years thereafter, the compliance of the activity with the afforestation plan is verified by the relevant national competent authorities, or by an independent third-party certifier, such as forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or of the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           60
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           61
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                     
                        The use of whole tree stems for bio-energy is avoided, especially where viable, unsubsidised markets exist for their use in carbon-retaining materials or products, except where it has been authorised at the national or regional levels in exceptional circumstances, including for phytosanitary reasons or to reduce fire risks, in accordance with applicable law.
                     
                  
               
               1.5.Rehabilitation and restoration of forests
            
            
               Description of the activity
                     
            
            
               The activity meets the definitions of rehabilitation and restoration of forests established by national law. Where national law do not contain such a definition, the activity meets a definition with broad agreement in the peer-reviewed scientific literature for specific countries. 
            
            
               The activity implies no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  62
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           63
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           64
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           65
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent instrument, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           66
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of 10 years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing detailed information on the following: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           67
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders)
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place complies with the forest sustainability criteria laid down in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive,
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan or equivalent instrument. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           68
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants , the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard. The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.6.Reforestation
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity meets the definition of reforestation established by national law. Where national law does not contain such a definition, the activity meets the FAO definition of reforestation
                  69
                or the FAO definition of naturally regenerating forest
                  70
               . The activity implies no change of land use and occurs on degraded land matching the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  71
               . For the purpose of Regulation 2020/853, the category ‘reforestation’ applies in cases following extreme events (such as wind throws, fires), and not as part of normal, legally binding obligation to reforest after harvesting.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           72
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           73
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           74
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan or equivalent plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           75
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           76
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders)
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring that ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.6. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           77
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           78
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               1.7.Improved forest management
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity meets the definition of improved forest management set out in national law.  Where national law does not contain such a definition, the activity refers to management interventions in forests done for the purpose of climate change mitigation, demonstrated through a climate benefit analysis. The activity assumes no change in land use and occurs on land matching the definition of forest used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  79
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           80
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           81
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           82
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national law does not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           83
                        .
                     
                     
                        The forest management plan or equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)management goals, including major constraints
                           84
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)definition of the forest habitat context, including main existing and intended forest tree species, and their extent and distribution;
                     
                     
                        (d)definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders)
                     
                     
                        (h)assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2 The sustainability of the forest management systems, as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1, is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the forest management matches the applicable national definition of sustainable forest management,  
                     
                     
                        (b)the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria set out in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.4. All DNSH criteria relevant to forest management are addressed in the forest management plan. 
                     
                     
                        1.5. The forest management plan or equivalent document provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.5. At the beginning of the period and every 5 years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent document, is controlled by the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           85
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is reduced and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides, are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pests and of diseases. The activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           86
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem condition (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
               1.8.Conservation forestry
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               The activity covers forest management activities with the objective of preserving one or more habitats or species. The activity assumes no change in land category and occurs on land matching the forest definition used in the national greenhouse gas inventory, or where not available, is in accordance with the FAO definition of forest
                  87
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code A2 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006. Activities are limited to NACE II 02.10, i.e. silviculture and other forestry activities, and 02.30, i.e. gathering of wild growing non-wood products.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           88
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           89
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           90
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Forest management plan or equivalent instrument
                     
                     
                        1.1. The activity takes place on area that is subject to a forest management plan or an equivalent instrument, as set out in national law or, where national regulation dos not define a forest management plan, as referred to in the FAO definition of ‘forest area with long-term forest management plan’
                           91
                        .
                     
                     
                        In particular, the forest management plan or the equivalent instrument covers a period of ten years or more, is continuously updated and describes a forest management system by providing the following detailed information: 
                     
                     
                        (a)
                              management goals, including major constraints;
                     
                     
                        (b)
                              general strategies and activities planned to reach the management goals, including expected operations over the whole forest cycle;
                     
                     
                        (c)
                              definition of the forest habitat context, main forest tree species and those intended and their extent and distribution; in accordance to the local forest ecosystem context;
                     
                     
                        (d)
                              definition of the area according to its gazetting in the land registry;
                     
                     
                        (e)
                              compartments, roads, rights of way and other public access, physical features including waterways, areas under legal and other restrictions;
                     
                     
                        (f)
                              measures deployed to maintain the good condition of forest ecosystems;
                     
                     
                        (g)
                              consideration of social issues (preservation of landscape, consultation of stakeholders);
                     
                     
                        (h)  assessment of forest related risks, including forest fires, and pests and diseases outbreaks, with the aim of preventing, reducing and controlling the risks and measures deployed to ensure protection against residual risks.
                     
                     
                        1.2. The forest management plan or the equivalent instrument:
                     
                     
                        (a)shows a primary designated management objective
                           92
                         that consists in protection of soil and water
                           93
                        , conservation of biodiversity
                           94
                         or social services
                           95
                         based on the FAO definitions;
                     
                     
                        (b)follows biodiversity-friendly practices such as closer-to-nature-forestry;
                     
                     
                        (c)includes an analysis of: 
                     
                     
                        (I)impacts andpressures on habitat conservation and diversity of associated habitats;
                     
                     
                        (II)condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts;
                     
                     
                        (III)other activities that have an impact on conservation objectives, such as hunting and fishing, agricultural, pastoral and forestry activities, industrial, mining, and commercial activities.
                     
                     
                        1.3. The sustainability of the forest management systems as documented in the plan referred to in point 1.1 is ensured through one of the following approaches: 
                     
                     
                        (a)
                              the forest management matches the national definition of sustainable forest management, if any;
                     
                     
                        (b)
                              the management systems in place show compliance with the forest sustainability criteria as defined in Article 29(6) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001, and as of the date of its application with the implementing act on operational guidance for energy from forest biomass adopted under Article 29(8) of that Directive.
                     
                     
                        1.4. The management systems associated with the activity in place complies with the due diligence obligation and legality requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 995/2010.
                     
                     
                        1.5. All DNSH relevant to conservation forestry criteria are addressed in the forest management plan or equivalent instrument.
                     
                     
                        1.6. The forest management plan or equivalent instrument provides for monitoring which ensures the correctness of the information contained in the plan, in particular as regards the data relating to the involved area.
                     
                     
                        1.7. At the beginning of the period and every five years thereafter, the compliance of forest management with the forest management plan or equivalent instrument, is controlled by either the relevant national competent authorities or by an independent third-party certifier such as a forest certification scheme, at the request of national authorities or the operator of the activity.
                     
                     
                        The independent third-party certifier is not directly linked to the owner or the funder, and not involved in the development or operation of the activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed in the plan referred to point 1 of this Section and controlled by the relevant certifier, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           96
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The silvicultural change induced by the activity is not likely to result in a significant reduction in the long-term circularity of wood products from the forest.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not use pesticides or fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trade , the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           97
                        . The activity complies with the relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species;
                     
                     
                        (b)excluding the use or release of invasive alien species;
                     
                     
                        (c)excluding the use of non-native species unless it can be demonstrated that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)the use of the forest reproductive material leads to favourable and appropriate ecosystem conditions (such as climate, soil criteria, and vegetation zone, forest fire resilience);
                     
                     
                        (II)the native species currently present on the site are not anymore adapted to projected climatic and pedo-hydrological conditions;
                     
                     
                        (d)ensuring the maintenance of soil structure and fertility and soil biodiversity;
                     
                     
                        (e)promoting close-to-nature forestry or similar concepts adapted to the local conditions;
                     
                     
                        (f)excluding the conversion of high-biodiverse ecosystems into less biodiverse ones;
                     
                     
                        (g)ensuring the diversity of associated habitats and species linked to the forest;
                     
                     
                        (h)ensuring the diversity of stand structures and maintenance or enhancing of mature stage stands and dead wood.
                     
                  
               
            
               2.Environmental protection and restoration activities
            
            
               2.1.Restoration of wetlands
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Restoration of wetlands, with wetlands meaning land matching the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention)
                  98
                international definition of wetland
                  99
               . The concerned area matches the Union definition of wetlands, as provided in the Commission Communication on the wise use and conservation of wetlands
                  100
               .
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006, but relates to class 6 of the statistical classification of environmental protection activities (CEPA) established by Regulation (EU) No 691/2011. 
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           101
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           102
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           103
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           104
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Peat extraction is minimised.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The use of pesticides is minimised and alternative approaches or techniques, which may include non-chemical alternatives to pesticides are favoured, in accordance with Directive 2009/128/EC, with exception of occasions where the use of pesticides is needed to control outbreaks of pest and diseases. of the activity does not use fertilisers.
                     
                     
                        Well documented and verifiable measures are taken to avoid the use of active ingredients that are listed in the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the prior informed consent procedure for certain hazardous chemicals and pesticides in international trande, the Minamata Convention on Mercury, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, and of active ingredients that are listed as classification Ia (‘extremely hazardous’) or Ib (‘highly hazardous’) in the WHO recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard
                           105
                        . The activity complies with relevant national implementing law on active ingredients.
                     
                     
                        Pollution of water and soil is prevented and cleaning up measures are undertaken when pollution occurs.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In areas designated by the national competent authority for conservation or in habitats that are protected, the activity is in accordance with the conservation objectives for those areas.  
                     
                     
                        There is no conversion of habitats specifically sensitive to biodiversity loss or with high conservation value, or of areas set aside for the restoration of such habitats in accordance with national law.
                     
                     
                        The plan referred to in point 1 (Restoration Plan) of this Section includes provisions for maintaining and possibly enhancing biodiversity in accordance with national and local provisions, including the following:
                     
                     
                        (a) ensuring the good conservation status of habitat and species, maintenance of typical habitat species, 
                     
                     
                        (b) exclude the use or release of invasive species.
                     
                  
               
               3.Manufacturing
            
            
               3.1.Manufacture of renewable energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of renewable energy technologies.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.25, C.27, C.28 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           106
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented:
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           107
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           108
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           109
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           110
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           111
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in- or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           112
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           113
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.2.Manufacture of equipment for the production of hydrogen
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of equipment for the production of hydrogen electrolysis technologies.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.25, C.27, C.28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           114
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           115
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           116
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           117
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           118
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           119
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           120
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           121
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.3.Manufacture of low carbon technologies for transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of the following low carbon transport technologies:
            
            
               (a)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
            
            
               (b)trains, passenger coaches and wagons that have zero direct tailpipe CO2 emission when operated on a track with necessary infrastructure, and use a conventional engine where such infrastructure is not available (bimode);
            
         
         
            
               (c)urban, suburban and road passenger transport devices, where the direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions of the vehicles are zero;
            
            
               (d)personal mobility devices with a propulsion that comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity;
            
            
               (e)vehicles of category M1 and N1
                  122
                with:
            
            
               (i)(i) until 31 December 2025: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, lower than 50gCO2/km (low- and zero-emission light-duty vehicles);
            
            
               (ii)(ii) from 1 January 2026: specific emissions of CO2, as defined in Article 3(1), point (h), of Regulation (EU) 2019/631, are zero;
            
            
               (f)vehicles of category L
                  123
                with tailpipe CO2 emissions equal to 0g CO2e/km calculated in accordance with the emission test laid down in Regulation (EU) 168/2013;
            
            
               (g)vehicles not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass not exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are ‘zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
            
            
               (h)vehicles not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels with a technically permissible maximum laden mass exceeding 7,5 tonnes that are zero-emission heavy-duty vehicles’, as defined in Article 3, point (11), of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 or ‘low-emission heavy-duty vehicles’ as defined in Article 3, point (12) of that Regulation;
            
            
               (i)inland passenger water transport vessels that:
            
            
               (i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
            
            
               (ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid vessels using at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
            
            
               (j)inland freight water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
            
            
               (i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission;
            
            
               (ii)until 31 December 2025, have direct (tailpipe) emissions of CO2 per tonne kilometre (gCO2/tkm), calculated (or estimated in case of new vessels) using the Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator
                  124
               , 50 % lower than the average reference value for emissions of CO2 defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5- LH) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
            
            
               (k)sea and coastal freight water transport vessels not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
            
            
               (i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
            
            
               (ii)until 31 December 2025, are hybrid vessels that use at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
            
            
               (iii)until 31 December 2025, and only where it can be proven that the vessels are used exclusively for provision of coastal services designed to enable modal shift of freight currently transported by land to sea, the vessels that have direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions, calculated using the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI)
                  125
               , 50 % lower than the average reference CO2 emissions value defined for heavy duty vehicles (vehicle subgroup 5-LH) in accordance with Artcile 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242;
            
            
               (iv)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10% below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022
                  126
               ;
            
            
               (l)sea and coastal passenger water transport vessels, not dedicated to transporting fossil fuels, that:
            
         
         
            
               (i)have zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
            
            
               (ii)until 31 December 2025, hybrid vessels use at least 50% of zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emission fuel mass or plug-in power for their normal operation;
            
            
               (iii)until 31 December 2025, the vessels have an attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) value 10% below the EEDI requirements applicable on 1 January 2022.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C.27.1.1, C.27.9.0, C.29.1.0, C.29.2.0, C.30.1.1, C.30.1.2 C.30.2.0, C.30.9.1, C.30.9.2, C.30.9.9 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           127
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           128
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           129
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met; 
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           130
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           131
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           132
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           133
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           134
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.4.Manufacture of energy efficiency equipment for buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of one or more of the following energy efficiency equipment (products and their components) for buildings:
            
            
               (a)
                     windows with U-value lower or equal to 0,7 W/m2K;
            
            
               (b)
                     doors with U-value lower or equal to 1,2 W/m2K;
            
            
               (c)
                     external cladding with U-value lower or equal to 0,5 W/m2K;
            
            
               (d)
                     roofing systems with U-value lower or equal to 0,3 W/m2K;
            
            
               (e)
                     household appliances falling into the top two energy efficiency classes in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 of the European Parliament and of the Council ;
            
            
               (f)
                     lighting appliances rated in the top two energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
            
            
               (g)
                     space heating and domestic hot water systems rated in the top energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
            
            
               (h)
                     cooling and ventilation systems rated in the top two energy labelling class in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369;
            
            
               (i)
                     presence and daylight controls for lighting systems;
            
            
               (j)
                     heat pumps compliant with the technical screening criteria set out in Section  4.16 of this Annex;
            
            
               (k)
                     façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation;
            
         
         
            
               (l)
                     energy-efficient building automation and control systems for commercial buildings;
            
            
               (m)
                     zoned thermostats and devices for the smart monitoring of the main electricity loads for residential buildings, and sensoring equipment;
            
            
               (n)
                     products for heat metering and thermostatic controls for individual homes connected to district heating systems and individual flats connected to central heating systems serving a whole building.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C16.23, C17.11, C22.23, C23.11, C23.20, C23.31, C23.32, C23.43, C25.11, C25.12, C25.21, C25.29, C25.93, C27.31, C27.32, C27.33, C27.40, C27.51, C28.11, C28.12, C28.13, C28.14, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           135
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           136
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           137
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met; 
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           138
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           139
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           140
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           141
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           142
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.5.Manufacture of other low carbon technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of low carbon technologies (and their key components) that demonstrate substantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative technology/product/solution available on the market, where the life-cycle GHG emission savings are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018 and where the quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified by an independent third party. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes from C10 to C33, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           143
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           144
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           145
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           146
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, adopts techniques that support:
                     
                     
                        (a)reuse and use of secondary raw materials and re-used components in products manufactured; 
                     
                     
                        (b)design for high durability, recyclability, easy disassembly and adaptability of products manufactured;
                     
                     
                        (c)waste management that prioritises recycling over disposal, in the manufacturing process.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           147
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           148
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           149
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           150
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.6.Manufacture of cement
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of cement clinker, cement or alternative blinder.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C23.51 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           151
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           152
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           153
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Greenhouse gas emissions
                           154
                         from the cement production processes are:
                     
                     
                        (a)for grey cement clinker, lower than [xxx
                           155
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of grey cement clinker;
                     
                     
                        (b)for cement or alternative hydraulic binder, from grey clinker, lower than [xxx
                           156
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of cement or alternative binder manufactured.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           157
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide
                           158
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur
                           159
                        .
                     
                     
                        For manufacture of cement employing hazardous wastes as alternative fuels, measures are in place to ensure the safe handling of waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           160
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           161
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           162
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           163
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.7.Manufacture of aluminium
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Manufacture of aluminium through primary alumina (bauxite) process or secondary aluminium recycling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C24.42 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           164
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           165
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           166
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity manufactures one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)primary aluminium where the sum of direct greenhouse gas emissions and indirect greenhouse gas emissions
                           167
                         is lower than [xxx
                           168
                        ] per tonne of aluminium manufactured.
                     
                     
                        (b)secondary aluminium.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           169
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the non-ferrous metals industries
                           170
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           171
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           172
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           173
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           174
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.8.Manufacture of iron and steel
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of iron and steel. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes C24.10, C24.20, C24.31, C24.32, C24.33, C24.34, C24.51 and C24.52 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           175
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based
                           176
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           177
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity manufactures one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)iron and steel with greenhouse gas emissions
                           178
                         lower than the following values applied to the different manufacturing process steps:
                     
                     
                        (I)hot metal = [xxx
                           179
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (II)sintered ore = [xxx
                           180
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (III)coke (excluding lignite coke) = [xxx
                           181
                        ] tCO2e/t product;
                     
                     
                        (IV)iron casting = [xxx
                           182
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (V)electric arc furnace (EAF) high alloy steel = [xxx
                           183
                        ] tCO2e/t product; 
                     
                     
                        (VI)electric arc furnace (EAF) carbon steel = [xxx
                           184
                        ] tCO2e/t product.
                     
                     
                        (b) steel in electric arc furnaces (EAFs) and at least 90 % of the iron content in the final products is sourced from scrap steel.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           185
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for iron and steel production
                           186
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           187
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           188
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           189
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           190
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.9.Manufacture of hydrogen
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of hydrogen.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           191
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           192
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           193
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the life cycle GHG emissions savings requirement of 70 % relative to a fossil fuel comparator of 94g CO2e/MJ as set out in Article 25(2) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           194
                         and Annex V to that Directive.
                     
                     
                        Life cycle GHG emissions savings are calculated using the methodology referred to in Article 28(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emission savings are verified in line with Article 30 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 where applicable, or by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           195
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in [the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           196
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           197
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           198
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           199
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.10.Manufacture of carbon black
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of carbon black.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           200
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           201
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           202
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts,
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DHSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Greenhouse gas emissions
                           203
                         from the carbon black production processes are lower than [xxx
                           204
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of product.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           205
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry
                           206
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector
                           207
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           208
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           209
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           210
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           211
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.11.Manufacture of disodium carbonate
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of disodium carbonate (soda ash).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           212
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           213
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           214
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Greenhouse gas emissions
                           215
                         from the disodium carbonate (soda ash) production processes are lower than [xxx
                           216
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of product.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           217
                        .
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           218
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           219
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           220
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           221
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.12.Manufacture of chlorine
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of chlorine.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           222
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           223
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           224
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Electricity consumption for electrolysis and chlorine treatment is equal or lower than 2,45 MWh per tonne of chlorine. 
                     
                     
                        Average direct greenhouse gas emissions of the electricity used for chlorine production is at or lower than 270 g CO2e/kWh. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           225
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of chlor-alkali
                           226
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           227
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           228
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           229
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           230
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.13.Manufacture of organic basic chemicals
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of:
            
            
               (a)high volume chemicals (HVC):
            
            
               (i)acetylene;
            
            
               (ii)ethylene;
            
         
         
            
               (iii)propylene;
            
            
               (iv)butadiene.
            
            
               (b)Aromatics: 
            
            
               (i)mixed alkylbenzenes, mixed alkylnaphthalenes other than HS 2707 or 2902;
            
            
               (ii)cyclohexane;
            
            
               (iii)benzene;
            
            
               (iv)toluene;
            
            
               (v)o-Xylene;
            
            
               (vi)p-Xylene;
            
            
               (vii)m-Xylene and mixed xylene isomers;
            
            
               (viii)ethylbenzene;
            
            
               (ix)cumene;
            
            
               (x)biphenyl, terphenyls, vinyltoluenes, other cyclic hydrocarbons excluding cyclanes, cyclenes, cycloterpenes, benzene, toluene, xylenes, styrene, ethylbenzene, cumene,naphthalene, anthracene;
            
            
               (xi)benzol (benzene), toluol (toluene) and xylol (xylenes)
            
            
               (xii)naphthalene and other aromatic hydrocarbon mixtures (excluding benzole, toluole, xylole).
            
            
               (c)vinyl chloride;
            
            
               (d)styrene;
            
            
               (e)ethylene oxide;
            
            
               (f)monoethylene glycol;
            
            
               (g)adipic acid.
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.14 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           231
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           232
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           233
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           234
                         from the organic chemicals production processes are lower than :
                     
                     
                        (a)for HVC: [xxx
                           235
                        ] tCO2e/t of HVC; 
                     
                     
                        (b)for aromatics: [xxx
                           236
                        ] tCO2e/t of aromatic; 
                     
                     
                        (c)for vinyl chloride: [xxx
                           237
                        ] tCO2e/t of vinyl chloride; 
                     
                     
                        (d)for styrene: [xxx
                           238
                        ] tCO2e/t of styrene;
                     
                     
                        (e)for ethylene oxide/ethylene glycols: [xxx
                           239
                        ] tCO2e/t of ethylene oxide/glycol;
                     
                     
                        (f)for adipic acid: [xxx
                           240
                        ] tCO2e/t of adipic acid.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           241
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for the production of large volumes organic chemicals
                           242
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)the [best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           243
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           244
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           245
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           246
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.14.Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of anhydrous ammonia.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           247
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           248
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           249
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The manufacturing of anhydrous ammonia has greenhouse gas emissions
                           250
                         lower than [xxx
                           251
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of anhydrous ammonia.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           252
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers
                           253
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           254
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           255
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           256
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           257
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.15.Manufacture of nitric acid
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of nitric acid. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C.20.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           258
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           259
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           260
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        GHG emissions
                           261
                         from the manufacture of nitric acid are lower than [xxx
                           262
                        ] tCO2e per tonne of nitric acid.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           263
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in:
                     
                     
                        (a)the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers;
                     
                     
                        (b)the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector;
                     
                     
                        (c)[the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for common waste gas management and treatment systems in the chemical sector.]
                     
                     
                        No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           264
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           265
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           266
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           267
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               3.16.Manufacture of plastics in primary form
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture resins, plastics materials and non-vulcanisable thermoplastic elastomers, the mixing and blending of resins on a custom basis, as well as the manufacture of non-customised synthetic resins.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code C20.16 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           268
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           269
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           270
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The plastic in primary form is one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)fully manufactured by mechanical recycling of plastic waste;
                     
                     
                        (b)fully manufactured by chemical recycling of plastic waste where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic, excluding any calculated benefit from the production of fuels, are lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent primary plastic manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock. 
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018.
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                     
                        (c)derived wholly or partially from renewable feedstock
                           271
                         where the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the manufactured plastic in primary form, manufactured wholly or partially from renewable feedstock, is lower than the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions of the equivalent plastics in primary form manufactured from fossil fuel feedstock.
                     
                     
                        Life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions are calculated using Commission Recommendation 2013/179/EU or, alternatively, using ISO 14067:2018 or ISO 14064-1:2018. 
                     
                     
                        Quantified life-cycle GHG emissions are verified by an independent third party.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           272
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) for the Production of Polymers
                           273
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           274
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           275
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           276
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           277
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.Energy
            
            
               4.1.Electricity generation using solar photovoltaic technology
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using solar photovoltaic (PV) technology. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex,, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 and F.42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           278
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           279
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           280
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           281
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           282
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           283
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           284
                         are implemented. 
                     
                  
               
               4.2.Electricity generation using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using concentrated solar power (CSP) technology.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           285
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           286
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           287
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           288
                        . 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           289
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           290
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           291
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           292
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.3.Electricity generation from wind power
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from wind power. Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply..
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           293
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           294
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           295
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In case of construction of offshore wind, the activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive and Commission Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           296
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           297
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           298
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           299
                         are implemented.
                           300
                        
                     
                     
                        In case of offshore wind, the activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed integrity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive, and Commission Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
                     
                  
               
               4.4.Electricity generation from ocean energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from ocean energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           301
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           302
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           303
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptor 11 (Noise/Energy), laid down in Annex I to that Directive and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for that descriptor.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           304
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           305
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           306
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           307
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with the requirements of Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), laid down in Annex I to that Directive and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors.
                     
                  
               
               4.5.Electricity generation from hydropower
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from hydropower, including mixed pumped hydropower storage.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           308
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           309
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           310
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1. Operation of existing hydropower plants, including refurbishment activities to enhance renewable energy or energy storage potential.
                     
                     
                        All technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures have been implemented to reduce adverse impacts on water as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water.
                     
                     
                        The effectiveness of those measures is monitored in the context of the authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body.
                     
                     
                        The operation of the hydropower plant fully complies with that authorisation or permit issued by the competent authority, and sets out all relevant mitigation measures necessary to: 
                     
                     
                        (a)ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity in the specific water body the plant relates to, including state-of-the-art and fully functional fish passes and turbines preventing fish kill, measures to ensure minimum ecological flow and sediment flow, adaptation of the operation of the plant;
                     
                     
                        (b)reduce the impact of hydropeaking;
                     
                     
                        (c)protect or enhance habitats for aquatic species;
                     
                     
                        (d)reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication.
                     
                     
                        2. Construction of new hydropower plants
                     
                     
                        The plants are conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that they comply with one of the following: 
                     
                     
                        (a)the plants do not entail any deterioration nor compromise the achievement of good status or potential of the specific water body they relate to, as demonstrated by a cumulative impact assessment referred to in this Section;
                     
                     
                        (b)the plants do neither significantly deteriorate nor compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body they relate to and are justified by overriding reasons in the public interest.
                     
                     
                        The plants are conceived, by design and location and by mitigation measures, so that they do not permanently compromise the achievement of good status/potential in any of the water bodies in the same river basin district.
                     
                     
                        A cumulative impact assessment has been performed that identifies and addresses any significant regional or basin-level environmental impacts. The assessment:
                     
                     
                        (a)addresses all potential impacts on water bodies, as well as on protected habitats and species directly dependent on water, considering in particular: 
                     
                     
                        (I)migration corridors, free-flowing rivers or ecosystems close to undisturbed conditions;
                     
                     
                        (II)all impacts of existing and of already authorised and planned infrastructure developments in the basin, for example as part of a hydropower cascade or of other activities (for example agriculture, transport etc.);
                     
                     
                        (b)is based on recent, comprehensive and accurate data, including monitoring data on biological quality elements that are specifically sensitive to hydrological alterations, and on the expected status of the water body as a result of the new activities, as compared to its current one.
                     
                     
                        The cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the project does not permanently exclude the achievement of the objectives of good status/potential in other water bodies or connected ecosystems within the same river basin district. 
                     
                     
                        Where the cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the envisaged project neither deteriorates nor compromises the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body, as a result of site-specific conditions or the use of state-of-the-art technology, the operation of the new hydropower plant fully complies with its authorisation or permit setting out the conditions aimed at achieving good status or potential of the affected water body. The plant respects appropriate environmental standards in terms of flow management and flood regime (magnitude, frequency, duration, timing and rate of change) and of mitigation measures, including controlled releases, state-of-the-art and fully functional fish passages, state-of-the-art turbines preventing fish kill, controlled temperature, appropriate ecological flow, sediment flow, timing of operation of turbines.
                     
                     
                        Where the cumulative impact assessment demonstrates that the envisaged project could deteriorate or compromise the achievement of good status/potential of the specific water body it relates to, a further in-depth cost-benefit assessment is performed. That in-depth cost-benefit assessment demonstrates that such deterioration will not be significant and will comply with all of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)the beneficial objectives served by the planned hydropower plant in terms of renewable energy generation and energy storage cannot, for reasons of technical feasibility or disproportionate cost, be achieved by alternative means that would lead to a better environmental outcome (alternative location, rehabilitation/refurbishment of existing hydro-power plants or infrastructures, use of technologies not disrupting river continuity, where relevant, consideration of other potential sources of electricity, which may offer in the particular case a better environmental alternative; the beneficial objectives served by the planned hydropower plant are justified by overriding reasons in the public interest;
                     
                     
                        (b)the benefits expected from the planned hydropower plant outweigh the costs from deteriorating the status of water that are accruing to the environment and to society. The in-depth cost-benefits analysis considers the following aspects:
                     
                     
                        (I)the marginal quantity of energy generated and its contribution to increasing the share of renewable energy in the energy mix, in accordance with the national renewable energy strategy when relevant;
                     
                     
                        (II)impacts on water status or potential upstream and downstream; 
                     
                     
                        (III)impacts on biodiversity, in particular on Protected Areas (such as Natura 2000 sites in the Union, areas relied upon for drinking water, areas with bathing water);
                     
                     
                        (IV)the benefits of ecosystem services (quantitatively where possible);
                     
                     
                        (c)all technically feasible and ecologically relevant mitigation measures are included in the permit or authorisation and are implemented to reduce the adverse impacts on the status of the water body the planned hydropower plant relates to. Those measures: 
                     
                     
                        (I)ensure conditions as close as possible to undisturbed continuity (including state-of-the-art and fully functional fish passes and turbines preventing fish kill, measures to ensure minimum ecological flow and sediment flow, adaptation of the operation of the plant); 
                     
                     
                        (II)reduce the impact of hydropeaking; 
                     
                     
                        (III)protect or enhance habitats for aquatic species;
                     
                     
                        (IV)reduce adverse impacts of eutrophication;
                     
                     
                        (d)in addition to the mitigation measures referred to in point (d) and where relevant, compensatory measures are implemented to ensure that the project does not increase the fragmentation of water bodies in the same river basin district. This is achieved by restoring continuity within the same river basin district to an extent that compensates the disruption of continuity, which the planned hydropower plant may cause. Compensation starts prior to the execution of the project.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           311
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           312
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           313
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           314
                         are implemented.
                           315
                        
                     
                  
               
               4.6.Electricity generation from geothermal energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           316
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           317
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           318
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           319
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with the air emission requirements set out in Directive 2004/107/EC and Directive 2008/50/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           320
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           321
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           322
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           323
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               4.7.Electricity generation from gaseous and liquid fuels 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil or other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 and F42.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           324
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           325
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           326
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           327
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emissions levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           328
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193
                           329
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           330
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           331
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           332
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           333
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.8.Electricity generation from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of electricity generation installations that produce electricity from biomass, biogas and biofuels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           334
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           335
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           336
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           337
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           338
                        , emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           339
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           340
                        .
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           341
                        , results of the information exchange
                           342
                         which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national law on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           343
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           344
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           345
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures  are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.9.Transmission and distribution of electricity  
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of transmission systems that transport electricity on the extra high-voltage and high-voltage interconnected system and construction and operation of distribution systems that transport electricity on high-voltage, medium-voltage and low-voltage distribution systems where:
            
            
               1. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment in the system is the interconnected European system, i.e. the interconnected electricity system covering the interconnected control areas of Member States, Norway, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, and its subordinated systems;
            
            
               2. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is in a system which complies with one or both of the following criteria:
            
            
               (a)more than 67 % of newly connected generation capacity in the system where the infrastructure or equipment is to be installed is below the generation threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year period;
            
            
               (b)an average system grid emissions factor, that is calculated as the total annual emissions from power generation, divided by the total annual net electricity production in that system, is below the threshold value of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis in accordance with electricity generation criteria, over a rolling five-year average period;
            
            
               3. The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is not dedicated to creating a direct connection, or expanding an existing direct connection to a power production plant that is more CO2 intensive than 100 gCO2e/kWh, measured on a life cycle basis.
            
         
         
            
               4. The activity is one of the following:
            
            
               (a)construction and operation of direct connection, or expansion of existing direct connection, of low carbon electricity generation below the threshold of 100 gCO2e/kWh measured on a life cycle basis to a substation or network;
            
            
               (b)construction and operation of electronic vehicle (EV) charging stations and supporting electric infrastructure for the electrification of transport, subject to eligibility under the transport Section of Annex I;
            
            
               (c)installation of transmission and distribution transformers that comply with the Tier 2 (1 July 2021) requirements set out in Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 548/2014 and, for medium power transformers with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 36 kV, with AAA0 level requirements on no-load losses set out in standard EN 50588-1.
            
            
               (d)construction/installation and operation of equipment and infrastructure where the main objective is an increase of the generation or use of renewable electricity generation;
            
            
               (e)installation of equipment to increase the controllability and observability of the electricity system and to enable the development and integration of renewable energy sources, including: 
            
            
               (I)sensors and measurement tools (including meteorological sensors for forecasting renewable production);
            
            
               (II)communication and control (including advanced software and control rooms, automation of substations or feeders, and voltage control capabilities to adapt to more decentralised renewable infeed).
            
            
               (f)installation of equipment to carry information to users for remotely acting on consumption, including customer data hubs;
            
            
               (g)construction/installation of equipment to allow for exchange of specifically renewable electricity between users;
            
            
               (h)interconnectors between transmission systems are eligible, provided that one of the systems is eligible.
            
            
               5. For the purposes of this Section, a ‘system’ means the transmission or distribution network control area of the network or system operator(s) where the activity takes place. 
            
            
               6. For the purposes of this Section the following specifications apply:
            
            
               (a)the rolling five-year (average) period used in determining compliance with the thresholds is based on historic data, and includes the year for which the most recent data are available;
            
            
               (b)transmission systems may include generation capacity connected to subordinated distribution systems;
            
            
               (c)distribution systems subordinated to a transmission system that is deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation may also be deemed to be on a trajectory to full decarbonisation;
            
            
               (d)to determine eligibility, it is possible to consider a system covering multiple control areas which are interconnected and with significant energy exchanges between them,  in which case the weighted average emissions factor across all included control areas is used to determine eligibility, and individual subordinated transmission or distribution systems within that system is not required to demonstrate compliance separately;
            
            
               (e)it is possible for a system to become ineligible after having previously been eligible. In systems that become ineligible, no new transmission and distribution activities are eligible from that moment onward, until the system complies again with the threshold (except for those activities which are always eligible, see above). Activities in subordinated systems may still be eligible, where those subordinated systems meet the criteria of this Section.
            
            
               (f)a direct connection or expansion of an existing direct connection to production plants includes infrastructure that is indispensable to carry the associated electricity from the power generating facility to a substation or network.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.12 and D35.13 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           346
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           347
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           348
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The transmission and distribution infrastructure or equipment is not dedicated to creating a direct connection, or expanding an existing direct connection to a power production plant where the direct greenhouse gas emissions exceed 270 gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Overground high voltage lines:
                     
                     
                        (a)for construction site activities, activities follow the principles of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
                           349
                        . 
                     
                     
                        (b)activities respect applicable norms and regulations to limit impact of electromagnetic radiation on human health, including for activities carried out in the Union, the Council recommendation on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz)
                           350
                         and for activities carried out in third countries the 1998 Guidelines of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP)
                           351
                        .
                     
                     
                        Activities do not use PCBs polyclorinated biphenyls.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           352
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           353
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           354
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           355
                         are implemented
                           356
                        .
                     
                  
               
               4.10.Storage of electricity 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store electricity and return it at a later time in the form of electricity. The activity includes pure closed-loop pumped hydropower storage.
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           357
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           358
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           359
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For closed-loop pumped hydropower storage, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           360
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse or recycling at end of life in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           361
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           362
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           363
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           364
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.11.Storage of thermal energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store thermal energy and return it at a later time, in the form of thermal energy or other energy vectors. The activity includes Thermal Energy Storage (UTES) or Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage (ATES).
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code as referred to in the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           365
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           366
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           367
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For Aquifer Thermal Energy Storage, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           368
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           369
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           370
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           371
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           372
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.12.Storage of hydrogen
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that store hydrogen and return it at a later time where the hydrogen stored in the facility meets the criteria for manufacture of hydrogen specified in section 3.9. of Annex I to this Regulation.
            
            
               The activity has no dedicated NACE code in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           373
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           374
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           375
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met; 
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In the case of storage above five tonnes, the activity complies with Directive 2012/18/EU.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           376
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           377
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           378
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           379
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.13.Manufacture of biogas and biofuels for use in transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Manufacture of biogas or biofuels for use in transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           380
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           381
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           382
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           383
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For biogas production, a gas-tight cover on the digestate storage is applied.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           384
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation EU 2019/1009 and respective national rules on fertilising products.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           385
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           386
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           387
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           388
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.14.Transmission and distribution networks for renewable and low-carbon gases
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Repurposing of gas networks for the distribution of gaseous fuels through a system of mains.
            
            
               Repurposing of gas networks for long-distance transport of renewable and low-carbon gases by pipelines. 
            
            
               Construction or operation of transmission and distribution pipelines dedicated to the transport of hydrogen and other low-carbon gases.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.21, F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           389
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           390
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           391
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The repurposing does not increase gas transmission and distribution capacity.
                     
                     
                        The repurposing does not extend the lifespan of the networks beyond their pre-retrofit projected lifespan, unless the network is dedicated to hydrogen or other low-carbon gases.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           392
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           393
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           394
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           395
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           396
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.15.District heating/cooling distribution
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, refurbishment and operation of pipelines and associated infrastructure for distribution of heating and cooling, ending at the sub-station or heat exchanger.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           397
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           398
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           399
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           400
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fans, compressors, pumps and other equipment used which is covered by Directive 2009/125/EC comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label, and otherwise comply with implementing regulations under that Directive and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           401
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           402
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           403
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           404
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.16.Installation of electric heat pumps
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation and operation of electric heat pumps. 
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           405
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           406
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           407
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           408
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal reuse, remanufacturing or recycling at end of life, including through contractual agreements with waste management partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For air to air heat pumps with rated capacity of 12kW or below, indoor and outdoor sound power levels are below the threshold set out in Regulation (EU) No 206/2012.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               4.17.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from solar energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of a facility co-generating electricity and heat/cool from solar energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           409
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           410
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           411
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           412
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           413
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           414
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           415
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.18.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from geothermal energy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities co-generating heat/cool and power from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           416
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           417
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           418
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           419
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with air emission requirements laid down in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           420
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           421
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           422
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           423
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.19.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from gaseous and liquid fuels
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil and other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           424
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           425
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           426
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           427
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in  Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           428
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           429
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           430
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           431
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.20.Cogeneration of heat/cool and power from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of installations used for cogeneration of heat/cool and power from biomass.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes D35.11 and D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           432
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           433
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           434
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           435
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           436
                        , ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC, results of the information exchange
                           437
                        , which are published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10, of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        In case of anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national lax on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           438
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           439
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           440
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           441
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           442
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.21.Production of heat/cool from solar thermal heating 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities producing heat/cool from solar thermal heating technology.
            
            
               Where the activity is an integral element of the activity ‘Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies’ as referred to in Section 7.6 of this Annex, the technical screening criteria specified in Section 7.6 apply.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           443
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           444
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           445
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           446
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           447
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           448
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           449
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               4.22.Production of heat/cool from geothermal energy 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from geothermal energy.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           450
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           451
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           452
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           453
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For the operation of high-enthalpy geothermal energy systems, adequate abatement systems are in place to comply with air emission requirements set out in Directives 2004/107/EC and 2008/50/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           454
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           455
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           456
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           457
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.23.Production of heat/cool from gaseous and liquid fuels  
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heating/cool using gaseous and liquid fuels (not exclusive to natural gas, oil or other refined products).
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           458
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           459
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           460
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The direct GHG emissions of the activity are lower than 270gCO2e/kWh.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           461
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants. No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the Emission Limit Values set out in Annex II, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           462
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           463
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           464
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           465
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.24.Production of heat/cool from bioenergy
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool from biomass.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           466
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           467
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           468
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity meets the requirements relating to sustainability, greenhouse gas emission savings and efficiency laid down in Article 29 of Directive 2018/2001.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           469
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For installations falling within the scope of Directive 2010/75/EU, emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for large combustion plants
                           470
                        , ensuring at the same time that no significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        For combustion plants greater than 1 MW thermal input but below the thresholds for the BAT conclusions for large combustion plants to apply, emissions are below the emission limit values set out in Annex 2, part 2, to Directive (EU) 2015/2193.
                     
                     
                        For plants in zones or parts of zones not complying with the air quality limit values laid down in Directive 2008/50/EC
                           471
                        , results of the information exchange
                           472
                        , which are e published by the Commission in accordance with Article 6, paragraphs 9 and 10 of Directive (EU) 2015/2193 are taken into account.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion of organic material, the produced digestate is used as fertiliser or soil improver, either directly or after composting or any other treatment, and meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Component Material Categories (CMC) 4 and 5 in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2019/1009 and relevant national law on fertilising products.
                     
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           473
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           474
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           475
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           476
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           477
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               4.25.Production of heat/cool using waste heat
            
            
               Description of the activity
            
         
         
            
               Construction and operation of facilities that produce heat/cool using waste heat.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code D35.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           478
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           479
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           480
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity assesses availability of and, where feasible, uses equipment and components of high durability and recyclability and that are easy to dismantle and refurbish.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Pumps and the kind of equipment used, which is covered by Ecodesign and Energy labelling comply, where relevant, with the top class requirements of the energy label laid down in Regulation (EU) 2017/1369, and with implementing regulations under Directive 2009/125/EC and represent the best available technology.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           481
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           482
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           483
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           484
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
            
            
               5.1.Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, extension and operation of water collection, treatment and supply systems.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           485
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           486
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           487
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           488
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           489
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           490
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           491
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           492
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.2.Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Renewal of water collection, treatment and supply systems including renewals to water collection, treatment and distribution infrastructures for domestic and industrial needs.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E36.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           493
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           494
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           495
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           496
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           497
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           498
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           499
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           500
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.3.Construction, extension and operation of waste water collection and treatment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, extension and operation of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment.
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           501
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           502
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           503
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed
                           504
                        . The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           505
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented
                           506
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC.
                     
                     
                        Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
                     
                     
                        Sewage sludge is managed or used, including anaerobic digestion and land application, in accordance with Council Directive 86/278/EEC and national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           507
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           508
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           509
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           510
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.4.Renewal of waste water collection and treatment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Renewal of centralised waste water systems including collection (sewer network) and treatment.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           511
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           512
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           513
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An assessment of the direct GHG emissions from the centralised waste water system, including collection (sewer network) and treatment, has been performed
                           514
                        . The results are disclosed to investors and clients on demand.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           515
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where the waste water is treated to a level suitable for reuse in agricultural irrigation, the required risk management actions to avoid adverse environmental impacts have been defined and implemented
                           516
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Discharges to receiving waters meet the requirements laid down in Directive 91/271/EEC.
                     
                     
                        Appropriate measures have been implemented to avoid and mitigate excessive storm water overflows from the waste water collection system, which may include nature-based solutions, separate storm water collection systems, retention tanks and treatment of the first flush.
                     
                     
                        Sewage sludge is managed or used, including anaerobic digestion and land application, in accordance with Council Directive 86/278/EEC  and national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           517
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           518
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           519
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           520
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.5.Collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in source segregated fractions
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Separate collection and transport of non-hazardous waste in single or comingled fractions aimed at preparing for reuse or recycling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E38.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           521
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           522
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           523
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Separately collected waste fractions are not mixed in waste storage and transfer facilities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.6.Anaerobic digestion of sewage sludge
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities for the treatment of sewage sludge by anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas or chemicals.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E37.00 and F42.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           524
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           525
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           526
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           527
                        .
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Emissions are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           528
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        Where the resulting digestate is intended for use as soil improver it complies with the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)it meets the requirements for fertilising materials set out in Annex II to Regulation 2019/1009
                           529
                         or national rules on fertilisers/soil improvers for agricultural use; 
                     
                     
                        (b)its nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.7.Anaerobic digestion of bio-waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through anaerobic digestion with the resulting production and utilisation of biogas and digestate or chemicals.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           530
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           531
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           532
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           533
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For anaerobic digestion plants treating over 100 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available technique (BAT-AEL) ranges set for anaerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           534
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        The Nitrogen content (with tolerance level ±25 %) of the digestate used as fertiliser or soil improver is communicated to the buyer or the entity in charge of taking off the digestate.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.8.Composting of bio-waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction or operation of dedicated facilities for the treatment of separately collected bio-waste through composting (aerobic digestion) with the resulting production and utilisation of compost.
                  535
               
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.21 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           536
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           537
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           538
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For composting plants treating over 75 tonnes per day, emissions to air and water are within or lower than the emission levels associated with the best available techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges set out for aerobic treatment of waste in the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment
                           539
                        . No significant cross-media effects occur.
                     
                     
                        The site has a system in place that prevents leachate reaching groundwater.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.9.Material recovery from non-hazardous waste
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of facilities for the sorting and processing of separately collected non-hazardous waste streams into secondary raw materials involving a mechanical transformation process.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes E38.32 and F42.99 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           540
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           541
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           542
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.10.Landfill gas capture and utilisation
            
         
         
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation and operation of infrastructure for landfill
                  543
                gas capture and utilisation in permanently closed landfills using new or supplementary dedicated technical facilities and equipment installed during or post landfill closure.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E38.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           544
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           545
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           546
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring plan is in place for methane leakage at the facility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The permanent closure and remediation as well as the after-care of old landfills, where the landfill gas capture system is installed, are carried out in accordance with the following rules: 
                     
                     
                        (a)general requirements set out in Annex I to Directive 99/31/EC;
                     
                     
                        (b)control and monitoring procedures set out in Annex III to that Directive.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               5.11.Transport of CO2 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of captured CO2,  construction and operation of CO2 pipelines and retrofit of gas networks where the main purpose is the integration of captured CO2 and where:
            
            
               1. the CO2 transported from the installation where it is captured to the injection point does not lead to CO2 leakages above 0.5 % of the mass of CO2 transported;
            
            
               2. the CO2 is delivered to a permanent CO2 storage site that meets the criteria for underground geological storage of CO2 set out in section 5.11 of this Annex; or to other transport modalities, which lead directly to permanent CO2 storage site that meet those criteria;
            
            
               3. appropriate leak detection systems are applied and a monitoring plan is in place, with the report verified by an independent third party;
            
            
               4. where assets are installed that increase the flexibility and improve the management of an existing network, the installation is eligible.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.21 and H49.50 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           547
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           548
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           549
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           550
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           551
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           552
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           553
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           554
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               5.12.Underground permanent geological storage of CO2 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Permanent storage of captured CO2 in appropriate underground geological formations.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code E39.00 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           555
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           556
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           557
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring plan is in place for CO2 leakages.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           558
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive 2009/31/EC.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           559
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           560
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           561
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           562
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.Transport
            
            
               6.1.Passenger interurban rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit, upgrade or operation of transport of passengers using railroad rolling stock on mainline networks, spread over an extensive geographic area, passenger transport by interurban railways and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars as an integrated operation of railway companies. The activity excludes passenger transport by urban and suburban transit systems, passenger terminal activities, operation of railroad infrastructure; related activities such as switching and shunting and operation of sleeping cars or dining cars when operated by separate units.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H49.10 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           563
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           564
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           565
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.2.Freight rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit, upgrade or operation of freight transport on mainline rail networks as well as short line freight railroads. This activity excludes warehousing and storage, freight terminal activities, operation of railroad infrastructure as well as related activities such as switching and shunting and cargo handling.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H49.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           566
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           567
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           568
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The trains and wagons are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste in accordance with the waste hierarchy, in particular during maintenance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines for the propulsion of railway locomotives (RLL) and engines for the propulsion of railcars (RLR) comply with emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.3.Urban, suburban and road passenger transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of urban and suburban transport systems for and road passenger transport. This may include different modes of land transport, such as by motor bus, tramway, streetcar, trolley bus, underground and elevated railways. The transport is carried out on scheduled routes normally following a fixed time schedule, entailing the picking up and setting down of passengers at fixed stops. The activity also includes town-to-airport or town-to-station lines and operation of funicular railways and aerial cableways where part of urban or suburban transit systems. The activity also includes scheduled long-distance bus services, charters, excursions and other occasional coach services, airport shuttles, operation of school buses and buses for the transport of employees and other passenger transport by man- or animal-drawn vehicles. This activity excludes ambulance transport. It includes operation of vehicles designated as category M2 and M3, in accordance with Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/8582, for the provision of passenger transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.31, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           569
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           570
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           571
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not include purchasing vehicles with CO2 emissions higher than average for the category. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet. 
                     
                     
                        For battery-operated fleet, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           572
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        For road vehicles of categories M and N, tyres comply with external rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740.
                     
                     
                        Where applicable, tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
         
            
               6.4.Operation of personal mobility devices
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of personal mobility devices where the propulsion comes from the physical activity of the user, from a zero-emissions motor, or a mix of zero-emissions motor and physical activity and where the personal mobility devices are allowed to be operated on the same public infrastructure as bikes or pedestrians.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes N77.11 and N77.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           573
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           574
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           575
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life. 
                     
                     
                        For battery-operated personal mobility devices, those measures include reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics, including critical raw materials therein.
                     
                     
                        Mobility devices of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           576
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.5.Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of vehicles designated as category M1
                  577
               , N1
                  578
                or L (2- and 3-wheel vehicles and quadricycles)
                  579
               .
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.32, H49.39 and N77.11 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           580
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           581
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           582
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity complies with one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)the passenger cars and light commercial vehicles have CO2 emissions, measured in accordance with the worldwide harmonised light vehicles test procedure (‘WLTP’) set out in Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, which are: 
                     
                     
                        (I)lower than 50gCO2/km until 31 December 2025;
                     
                     
                        (II)zero From 1 January 2026.
                     
                     
                        (a)the tailpipe CO2 emissions of L category vehicles are zero.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles of categories M1 and N1 are:
                     
                     
                        (a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight;
                     
                     
                        (b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight
                           583
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           584
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles comply with requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro 6 light-duty emission type-approval
                           585
                         set out in in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 715/2007.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with the emission thresholds for clean light-duty vehicles set out in Table 2 of the Annex to Directive 2009/33/EC.
                     
                     
                        For vehicles of categories M1 and N1, tyres comply with rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B set out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740.
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.6.Freight transport services by road 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Operation of vehicles designated as category N2
                  586
               , N3
                  587
                for freight transport services by road.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H49.4.1, H53.10, H53.20 and N77.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           588
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           589
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           590
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The vehicles are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                     
                        The vehicles are with specific direct CO2 emissions equal to or lower than the reference CO2 emissions of all vehicles in the same sub-group. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles of category N1 are:
                     
                     
                        (a)reusable or recyclable to a minimum of 85 % by weight,
                     
                     
                        (b)reusable or recoverable to a minimum of 95 % by weight
                           591
                        .
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste both in the use phase (maintenance) and the end-of-life of the fleet, including through reuse and recycling of batteries and electronics (in particular critical raw materials therein), in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles of all types purchased or operated do not contain lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Annex II to Directive 2000/53/EC
                           592
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vehicles comply with the requirements of the most recent applicable stage of the Euro heavy duty emission type-approval
                           593
                         set out in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 595/2009.
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with rolling noise Class A and with energy performance class A or B asset out in Regulation (EU) 2020/740.
                     
                     
                        Tyres comply with the noise requirements laid down in Regulation (EC) No 661/2009.
                     
                     
                        Vehicles comply with Regulation (EU) No 540/2014.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.7.Inland passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
         
         
            
               Transport of passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.30 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           594
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           595
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           596
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           597
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of shops and ensuring their safe recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Engines in vessels comply with the emission limits set out in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.8.Inland freight water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of freight on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.4.0 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           598
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           599
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           600
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           601
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their sage recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.9.Retrofitting of inland water passenger and freight transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for transport of freight or passengers on inland waters, involving vessels that are not suitable for sea transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.4, H50.30 and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           602
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           603
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           604
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           605
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy, including the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and ensuring their safe recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Vessels comply with the emission limits of Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2016/1628 (including vessels meeting those limits without type-approved solutions such as through after-treatment).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               6.10.Sea and coastal freight water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of freight on vessels designed for operating on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H50.2 and H52.22 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
         
         
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           606
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           607
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           608
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           609
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For activities with ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14
                           610
                         of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           611
                        . 
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emisssions, vessels comply with Regulation 13
                           612
                         of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           613
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001. 
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise and with the provisions set out under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.11.Sea and coastal passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Transport of passengers over seas and coastal waters, whether scheduled or not as well as renting of pleasure boats with crew for sea and coastal water transport. This activity excludes restaurant and bar activities on board ships, when provided by separate units, renting of pleasure boats and yachts without crew, renting of commercial ships or boats without crew and operation of “floating casinos”.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code H50.10 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           614
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           615
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           616
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           617
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirement of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           618
                        . 
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           619
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001.
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise and with the provisions specified under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU)2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.12.Retrofitting of sea and coastal freight and passenger water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Retrofit and upgrade of vessels for the transport of freight or passengers on vessels designed for operating on sea or coastal waters, and of vessels required for port operations, such as tugboats, mooring vessels, pilot vessels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes H50.10, H50.2, H52.22, and C33.15 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change mitigation
                     
                  
               
               The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
            
            
               The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
            
            
               (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
            
            
               (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
            
            
               The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                  620
               , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
            
            
               The adaptation solutions implemented: 
            
         
         
            
               (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
            
            
               (b)favour nature-based solutions
                  621
                or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                  622
                to the extent possible;
            
            
               (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
            
            
               (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
            
            
               (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
            
            
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change adaptation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The vessels are not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           623
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are in place to manage waste, both in the use phase and in the end-of-life of the vessel, in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
                     
                     
                        For ships above 500 gross tonnage, the activity complies with the requirements of Regulation (EU) No 1257/2013 relating to the control and management of hazardous materials on board of ships and the requirements applicable for their recycling. In particular, measures are in place to ensure ships are recycled in facilities included on the European List of ship recycling facilities as laid down in Commission Implementing Decision 2016/2323.
                     
                     
                        The activity complies with Directive (EU) 2019/883 as regards the protection of the marine environment against the negative effects from discharges of waste from ships.
                     
                     
                        The ship is operated in accordance with Annex V to the IMO MARPOL Convention. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        As regards the reduction of sulphur oxides emissions and particulate matters, vessels comply with Directive (EU) 2016/802 and with Regulation 14 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Sulphur in fuel content does not exceed 0,5 % in mass (the global sulphur limit) and 0,1 % in mass in emission control area (ECA) designated in the North and Baltic Seas by the IMO
                           624
                        . 
                     
                     
                        As regards nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions, vessels comply with Regulation 13 of Annex VI to the IMO MARPOL Convention. Tier II NOx requirement applies to ships constructed after 2011. Only while operating in NOx emission control areas established under IMO rules, ships constructed after 1 January 2016 comply with stricter engine requirements (Tier III) reducing NOx emissions
                           625
                        .
                     
                     
                        Discharges of black and grey water comply with Annex IV to the IMO MARPOL Convention.
                     
                     
                        Measures are in place to minimise toxicity of anti-fouling paint and biocides as laid down in Regulation (EU) No 528/2012, which implements in Union law the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships adopted on 5 October 2001..
                     
                     
                        Where exhaust gas cleaning systems (EGCS) are used, they are closed-loop systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not lead to releases of ballast water containing aquatic organisms as referred to in the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (BWM).
                     
                     
                        Noise and vibrations comply with the IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise
                           626
                         and with the provisions set out under Directive 2008/56/EC in relation to its Descriptors 1 (biodiversity), 2 (non-indigenous species), 6 (seabed integrity), 8 (contaminants), 10 (marine litter), 11 (Noise/Energy) and Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 in relation to the relevant criteria and methodological standards for those descriptors, as applicable.
                     
                  
               
               6.13.Infrastructure for personal mobility
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of infrastructure for personal mobility, including  the construction of roads, motorways bridges and tunnels and other infrastructure that are dedicated to pedestrians and bicycles, with or without electric assist.
            
            
               The infrastructure that is constructed and operated is dedicated to personal mobility: pavements, bike lanes and pedestrian zones, electrical charging and hydrogen refuelling installations for personal mobility devices.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.1.1; F42.1.2; F42.1.3; F43.2.1; F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           627
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           628
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           629
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           630
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           631
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           632
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           633
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           634
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           635
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.14.Infrastructure for rail transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction, operation and maintenance of railways and subways as well as bridges and tunnels, and traffic management systems, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products, where the infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels and the activity complies with one of the following criteria: 
            
            
               (a) 
                     the infrastructure (as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU) 2016/797) is either : 
            
            
               (i)
                     electrified trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
            
            
               (ii)
                     trackside infrastructure and associated subsystems where there is a plan for electrification or the infrastructure will be fit for use by zero tailpipe CO2 emission trains within 10 years from the beginning of the activity: infrastructure, energy, on-board control-command and signalling, and trackside control-command and signalling subsystems as defined in Annex II.2 to Directive (EU)2016/797;
            
            
               (b) the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
            
         
         
            
               (c) infrastructure and installations are dedicated to the transfer of passengers from other modes to rail.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F42.1.1; F42.1.2; F42.1.3; F43.2.1; F71.1, F71.20, and F43.21 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           636
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           637
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           638
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           639
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           640
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where appropriate, given the sensitivity of the area affected, in particular in terms of the size of population affected, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with Directive 2002/49/EC.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           641
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           642
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           643
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           644
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.15.Infrastructure enabling low-carbon road transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of motorways, streets, roads, other vehicular and pedestrian ways, surface work on streets, roads, highways, bridges or tunnels and construction of airfield runways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products, and excludes the installation of street lighting and electrical signals, where the infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels and where it is one of the following: 
            
            
               (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vehicles with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen fuelling stations or electric road systems (ERS);
            
            
               (b)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods;
            
            
               (c)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to public passenger transport.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F43.2.1; F71.1 and F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           645
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           646
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           647
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           648
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           649
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where relevant, noise and vibrations from use of infrastructure are mitigated by introducing open trenches, wall barriers or other measures and comply with the Directive 2002/49/EC.
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           650
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           651
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           652
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           653
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        Where relevant, maintenance of vegetation along road transport infrastructure ensures invasive species do not spread. 
                     
                     
                        Mitigation measures have been implemented to avoid wildlife collisions.
                     
                  
               
               6.16.Infrastructure for water transport
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of waterways, harbour and rivers works, pleasure ports, locks, dams and dykes and other as well as the dredging of waterways, including the provision of architectural services, engineering services, drafting services, building inspection services and surveying and mapping services and the like as well as the performance of physical, chemical and other analytical testing of all types of materials and products and excludes project management activities related to civil engineering works, where the infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels and where it is one of the following:
            
            
               (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of vessels with zero direct tailpipe CO2 emissions: electricity charging, hydrogen-based refuelling;
            
            
               (b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of shore-side electrical power to vessels at berth;
            
            
               (c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the performance of the port’s own operations with zero direct (tailpipe) CO2 emissions;
            
            
               (d)the infrastructure and installations are dedicated to transhipping freight between the modes: terminal infrastructure and superstructures for loading, unloading and transhipment of goods.
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42.9.1; F71.1 or F71.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           654
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           655
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           656
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           657
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           658
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           659
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           660
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           661
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           662
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               6.17.Low-carbon airport infrastructure
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and operation of infrastructure that is required for zero tailpipe CO2 operation of aircraft or the airport’s own operations, as well as for provision of electrical power and preconditioned air to stationary aircraft, where the infrastructure is not dedicated to the transport of fossil fuels and where it is one of the following: 
            
            
               (a)the infrastructure is dedicated to the operation of aircraft with zero tailpipe CO2 emissions: electricity charging and hydrogen refuelling; 
            
            
               (b)the infrastructure is dedicated to the provision of fixed electrical ground power and preconditioned air to stationary aircrafts;
            
            
               (c)the infrastructure is dedicated to the zero direct emissions performance of the airport’s own operations: electric charging points, electricity grid connection upgrades, hydrogen refuelling stations. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F41.20 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           663
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           664
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           665
                         to the extent possible, 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts,
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           666
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material defined in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           667
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, vibration, dust and pollutant emissions during construction maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           668
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           669
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           670
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           671
                         are implemented.
                     
                  
               
               
            
               7.Construction and real estate 
            
            
               7.1.Construction of new buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Development of building projects for residential and non-residential buildings by bringing together financial, technical and physical means to realise the building projects for later sale as well as the construction of complete residential or non-residential buildings, on own account for sale or on a fee or contract basis.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F41.1 and F41.2, including also activities under F43, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           672
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           673
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           674
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts,
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels. 
                     
                     
                        The Primary Energy Demand (PED)
                           675
                         setting out the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where installed, the specified water use for the following water appliances are attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix D to Annex I to this Regulation: 
                     
                     
                        (a)wash hand basin taps, kitchen taps and showers have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
                     
                     
                        (b)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
                     
                     
                        (c)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
                     
                     
                        To avoid impact from the construction site, environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           676
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           677
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related to construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste. 
                     
                     
                        Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887
                           678
                         or other standards for assessing the disassemblability or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the construction do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006. 
                     
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the construction that may come into contact with occupiers
                           679
                         emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component and less than 0,001 mg of categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/TS 16516
                           680
                         and ISO 16000-3
                           681
                         or other comparable standardised test conditions and determination methods
                           682
                        .. 
                     
                     
                        Where the new construction is located on a potentially contaminated site (brownfield site), the site has been subject to an investigation for potential contaminants, for example using standard ISO 18400
                           683
                        . 
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           684
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           685
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           686
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           687
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The new construction is not built on one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to in the EU LUCAS survey
                           688
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List
                           689
                          or the IUCN Red List
                           690
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)forest land (whether or not covered by trees), other wooded land or land that is partially or wholly covered or intended to be covered by trees, even where those trees have not yet reached the size and cover to be classified as forest or other wooded land, as defined in accordance with the [FAO definition of forest
                           691
                        ]. 
                     
                  
               
         
            
               7.2.Renovation of existing buildings
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Construction and civil engineering works or preparation thereof.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE codes F41 and F43 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           692
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           693
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           694
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Where installed as part of the renovation works, the specified water use for the following water appliances is attested by product datasheets, a building certification or an existing product label in the Union, in accordance with the technical specifications laid down in Appendix D to Annex I to this Regulation: 
                     
                     
                        (a)wash hand basin taps, kitchen taps and showers have a maximum water flow of 6 litres/min;
                     
                     
                        (b)WCs, including suites, bowls and flushing cisterns, have a full flush volume of a maximum of 6 litres and a maximum average flush volume of 3,5 litres;
                     
                     
                        (c)urinals use a maximum of 2 litres/bowl/hour. Flushing urinals have a maximum full flush volume of 1 litre.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % (by weight) of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste (excluding naturally occurring material referred to in category 17 05 04 in the European List of Waste established by Decision 2000/532/EC) generated on the construction site is prepared for re-use, recycling and other material recovery, including backfilling operations using waste to substitute other materials, in accordance with the waste hierarchy and the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol
                           695
                        . Operators limit waste generation in processes related construction and demolition, in accordance with the EU Construction and Demolition Waste Management Protocol and taking into account best available techniques and using selective demolition to enable removal and safe handling of hazardous substances and facilitate re-use and high-quality recycling by selective removal of materials, using available sorting systems for construction and demolition waste.
                     
                     
                        Building designs and construction techniques support circularity and in particular demonstrate, with reference to ISO 20887 or other standards for assessing the disassemblability or adaptability of buildings, how they are designed to be more resource efficient, adaptable, flexible and dismantleable to enable reuse and recycling. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the building renovation do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006. 
                     
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the building renovation that may come into contact with occupiers
                           696
                         emit less than 0,06 mg of formaldehyde per m³ of material or component and less than 0,001 mg of categories 1A and 1B carcinogenic volatile organic compounds per m³ of material or component, upon testing in accordance with CEN/TS 16516 and ISO 16000-3 or other comparable standardised test conditions and determination methods . 
                     
                     
                        Measures are taken to reduce noise, dust and pollutant emissions during construction or maintenance works. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A.
                     
                  
               
               7.3.Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Individual renovation measures consisting in installation, maintenance or repair of energy efficiency equipment. The activity consists in one of the following individual measures, provided that they comply with minimum requirements set for individual components and systems in the applicable national measures implementing Directive 2010/31/EU and, where applicable, achieve energy ratings of at least class A in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1369:
            
            
               (a)addition of insulation to existing envelope components, such as external walls (including green walls), roofs (including green roofs), lofts, basements and ground floors (including measures to ensure air-tightness, measures to reduce the effects of thermal bridges and scaffolding) and products for the application of the insulation to the building envelope (including mechanical fixings and adhesive);
            
            
               (b)replacement of existing windows with new energy efficient windows; 
            
            
               (c)replacement of existing external doors with new energy efficient doors; 
            
            
               (d)installation and replacement of heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) and water heating systems, including equipment related to district heating services, with highly efficient technologies;
            
            
               (e)installation of low water and energy using kitchen and sanitary water fittings which comply with technical specifications set out in Appendix D to Annex I to this Regulation and in case of shower solutions, mixer showers, shower outlets and taps have a max water flow of 6 L/min or less attested by an existing label in the Union market.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           697
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           698
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           699
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in carrying out the activity do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to (EC) No 1907/2006
                     
                     
                        In case of addition of thermal insulation to an existing building envelope, a building survey is carried out in accordance with national law by a competent specialist with training in asbestos surveying. Any stripping of lagging that contains or is likely to contain asbestos, breaking or mechanical drilling or screwing or removal of insulation board, tiles and other asbestos containing materials is carried out by appropriately trained personnel, with health monitoring before, during and after the works, in accordance with national law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.4.Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings) 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations for electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings. 
            
         
         
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27 or C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           700
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           701
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           702
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.5.Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings, consisting in one of the following measures: 
            
            
               (a)installation of zoned thermostats, smart thermostat systems and sensing equipment, including motion and day light control;
            
            
               (b)installation of building automation and control systems, building energy management systems (BMS), lighting control systems and energy management systems (EMS);
            
            
               (c)installation of smart meters for gas, heat, cool and electricity;
            
            
               (d)installation of façade and roofing elements with a solar shading or solar control function, including those that support the growing of vegetation.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           703
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           704
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           705
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Building components and materials used in the activity do not contain asbestos nor substances of very high concern as identified on the basis of the list of substances subject to authorisation set out in Annex XIV to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.6.Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies, on-site, consisting in one of the following individual measures, if installed on-site as technical building systems: 
            
            
               (a)installation, maintenance and repair of solar photovoltaic systems and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
            
               (b)installation, maintenance and repair of solar hot water panels and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
            
               (c)installation, maintenance, repair and upgrade of heat pumps contributing to the targets for renewable energy in heat and cool in accordance with Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
            
               (d)installation, maintenance and repair of wind turbines and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
         
         
            
               (e)installation, maintenance and repair of solar transpired collectors and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
            
               (f)installation, maintenance and repair of thermal or electric energy storage units and the ancillary technical equipment;
            
            
               (g)installation, maintenance and repair of high efficiency micro CHP (combined heat and power) plant; installation, maintenance and repair of heat exchanger/recovery systems.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code F42, F43, M71, and C16, C17, C22, C23, C25, C27, C28, in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           706
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           707
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           708
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (2) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               7.7.Acquisition and ownership of buildings
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Buying real estate and exercising ownership of that real estate.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code L68 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           709
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           710
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           711
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The building is not dedicated to extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels. 
                     
                     
                        For buildings built before 31 December 2020, the building has at least Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) class B. 
                     
                     
                        For buildings built after 31 December 2020, the Primary Energy Demand (PED)
                           712
                         defining the energy performance of the building resulting from the construction does not exceed the threshold set for the nearly zero-energy building (NZEB) requirements in national regulation implementing Directive 2010/31/EU. The energy performance is certified using an as built Energy Performance Certificate (EPC). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) or screening
                           713
                         has been completed, for activities within the Union, in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU. For activities in third countries, an EIA has been completed in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards
                           714
                        .
                     
                     
                        Where an EIA has been carried out, the required mitigation and compensation measures for protecting the environment are implemented.
                     
                     
                        For sites/operations located in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas (including the Natura 2000 network of protected areas, UNESCO World Heritage sites and Key Biodiversity Areas, as well as other protected areas), an appropriate assessment
                           715
                        , where applicable, has been conducted and based on its conclusions the necessary mitigation measures
                           716
                         are implemented.
                     
                     
                        The building was not built on one of the following:
                     
                     
                        (a)arable land and crop land with a moderate to high level of soil fertility and below ground biodiversity as referred to in the EU LUCAS survey
                           717
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (b)greenfield land of recognised high biodiversity value and land that serves as habitat of endangered species (flora and fauna) listed on the European Red List
                           718
                         or the IUCN Red List
                           719
                        ;
                     
                     
                        (c)forest land (whether or not covered by trees), other wooded land or land that is partially or wholly covered or intended to be covered by trees, even where those trees have not yet reached the size and cover to be classified as forest or other wooded land, as defined in accordance with the [FAO definition of forest].
                     
                  
               
               8.Information and communication 
            
            
               8.1.Data processing, hosting and related activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Storage, manipulation, management, movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission or reception of diversity of data through data centres
                  720
               , including edge computing. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code J63.1.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           721
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           722
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           723
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity has demonstrated best efforts to implement the relevant practices listed as "expected practices" in the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency
                           724
                        , or in CEN-CENELEC document CLC TR50600-99-1 "Data centre facilities and infrastructures - Part 99-1: Recommended practices for energy management”
                           725
                         and has implemented all expected practices that have been assigned the maximum value of 5 according to the most recent version of the European Code of Conduct on Data Centre Energy Efficiency.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           726
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The equipment used meets the requirements laid down in Directive 2009/125/EC for servers and data storage products.
                     
                     
                        The equipment used does not contain the restricted substances listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/65/EU, except where the concentration values by weight in homogeneous materials do not exceed the maximum values listed in that Annex.
                     
                     
                        A waste management plan is in place and ensures maximal recycling at end of life of electrical and electronic equipment, including through contractual agreements with recycling partners, reflection in financial projections or official project documentation.
                     
                     
                        At its end of life, the equipment undergoes preparation for re-use, recovery or recycling operations, or proper treatment, including the removal of all fluids and a selective treatment in accordance with Annex VII to Directive 2012/19/EU.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               8.2.Computer programming, consultancy and related activities 
            
         
         
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Providing expertise in the field of information technologies: writing, modifying, testing and supporting software; planning and designing computer systems that integrate computer hardware, software and communication technologies; on-site management and operation of clients’ computer systems or data processing facilities; and other professional and technical computer-related activities.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code J62 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           727
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           728
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           729
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
            
               8.3.Programming and broadcasting activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Programming and broadcasting activities include creating content or acquiring the right to distribute content and subsequently broadcasting that content, such as radio, television and data programs of entertainment, news, talk, and the like, including data broadcasting, typically integrated with radio or TV broadcasting. The broadcasting can be performed using different technologies, over-the-air, via satellite, via a cable network or via Internet. This also includes the production of programs that are typically narrowcast in nature (limited format, such as news, sports, education, and youth-oriented programming) on a subscription or fee basis, to a third party, for subsequent broadcasting to the public.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code J60 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           730
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           731
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           732
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity. 
                     
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               9.Professional, scientific and technical activities 
            
            
               9.1.Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change 
            
            
               Description of the activity
            
            
               Engineering activities and related technical consultancy dedicated to adaptation to climate change. The activity is classified under the following NACE codes 71.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/20061.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria specified this section
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity is predominantly aimed at the provision of consultancy that helps one or more economic activities for which the technical screening criteria have been set out in this Annex to meet those respective criteria for substantial contribution to climate change adaptation, while respecting the relevant criteria for doing no significant harm to other environmental objectives.
                     
                     
                        The economic activity complies with one the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (a)it uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that: 
                     
                     
                        (I)properly reflect climate change risks;
                     
                     
                        (II)do not rely only on historical trends;
                     
                     
                        (III) integrate forward-looking scenarios;
                     
                     
                        (b)it develops climate models and projections, services and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications. 
                     
                     
                        The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation. 
                     
                     
                        The potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks is mapped through a robust climate risk assessment in the target economic activity. 
                     
                     
                        Activities in architectural design take into account climate proofing guidelines, climate-related hazards modelling and enable the adaptation of construction and infrastructure, including building codes and integrated management systems. 
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           733
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           734
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction or fossil fuel transport. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An assessment of the water footprint of the activity has been performed and environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           735
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
         
         
            
               9.2.Research, development and innovation related to nature based solutions for adaptation 
            
            
               Description of the activity
            
            
               Research, applied research, experimental development in natural sciences and engineering of solutions, processes, technologies and other products dedicated to the nature based solutions for adaptation. 
            
            
               This activity is classified under NACE code M72.1 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity researches, innovates or develops nature-based solutions
                           736
                         and nature inspired technologies, products or process solutions dedicated to enable one or more activities for which the technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex to meet the respective substantial contribution.
                     
                     
                        The economic activity removes information, financial, technological and capacity barriers to adaptation through nature based solution.
                     
                     
                        The economic activity has the potential to reduce material impacts due to climate risks identified through a robust climate risk assessment in another economic activity through the development, research or innovation of nature-based solutions and the nature-inspired technologies, products or process solutions, the risk reduction potential of which can be demonstrated in a relevant environment.
                     
                     
                        The economic activity uses climate projections and assessment of impacts, the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        Activities in architectural design take into account climate proofing guidelines, climate-related hazards and enable the construction and adaptation of infrastructure, including building code and integrated management systems, through nature based solutions and nature-inspired technologies and innovation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity is not undertaken for the purposes of fossil fuel extraction or fossil fuel transport.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress are identified and addressed, in accordance with a water use and protection management plan, developed in consultation with relevant stakeholders
                           737
                        .
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               10.Financial and insurance activities
            
            
               10.1.Non-life insurance: underwriting of climate-related perils
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Provision of the following insurance services (other than life insurance) related to the underwriting of climate related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex :
            
            
               (a)accident and fire insurance;
            
            
               (b)health insurance;
            
            
               (c)travel insurance;
            
            
               (d)property insurance;
            
            
               (e)motor, marine, aviation and transport insurance.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code K65.12 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1), point (b), of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out in this section.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with all of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
                     
                     
                        (a)the insurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
                     
                     
                        (I)properly reflect climate change risks;
                     
                     
                        (II)do not only rely on historical trend;
                     
                     
                        (III)integrate forward-looking scenarios. 
                     
                     
                        (b)the insurer publicly discloses how the climate change risks are considered in the insurance activity;
                     
                     
                        (c)the insurance activity provides incentives for risk reduction by acting as a price signal of risk, including reduced premiums or deductibles, possibly based on supportive information on existing/possible actions, to policyholders who protect an asset or activity against natural catastrophes damages. After a climate risk event, the insurer provides information on the conditions under which coverage under the insurance activity could be renewed or maintained and in particular the benefits of building better in that context.
                     
                     
                        2. Product design:
                     
                     
                        (a)insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by policyholders, including lower premiums where a policyholder has invested in adaptation measures;
                     
                     
                        (b)the distribution strategy for such products covers measures to ensure that policyholders are informed on the relevance of preventive measures that they could take, for the terms and conditions of the insurance coverage, including any impact of such measures on the insurance coverage or the premium level.
                     
                     
                        3. Innovative insurance coverage solutions:
                     
                     
                        (a)insurance products sold under the insurance activity offer coverage for the climate-related perils
                           738
                         where the demands and needs of policyholders require so;
                     
                     
                        (b)depending on the demands and needs of individual customers, products may include specific risk transfer solutions such as protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards, critical infrastructure failures.
                     
                     
                        4. Data sharing:
                     
                     
                        (a)with due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                           739
                        , a significant share of loss data related to insurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to external parties, including public authorities or scientists. Those external parties declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the reinsurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective external parties. 
                     
                     
                        (b)where the insurer is not yet sharing such data with an external party for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared. 
                     
                     
                        (c)that declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the insurer’s website, for relevant external parties. 
                     
                     
                        5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
                     
                     
                        Claims under insurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from climate risks, are processed in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Information as regards procedures on additional measures in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The activity does not include insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or insurance of the use of vehicles, property or other assets for such purposes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
         
            
               10.2.Reinsurance
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils set out in Appendix A to this Annex ceded by the insurer to the reinsurer. The coverage is set out in an agreement between insurer and reinsurer specifying the insurers’ products (“underlying product”) from which the ceded risks originate. A reinsurance intermediary
                  740
                may be involved in the preparation or conclusion of the contractual agreement between the insurer and the reinsurer. 
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code K65.20 in accordance with to the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               The activity is an enabling activity as referred to in Article 11(1) point (b) of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 where it meets the technical screening criteria set out this section
            
            
                Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The activity complies with all of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        1. Leadership in modelling and pricing of climate risks:
                     
                     
                        (a)the reinsurance activity uses state-of-the-art modelling techniques that:
                     
                     
                        (I)are used to properly reflect in the premium level the exposure, hazard and vulnerability to climate change risks as well as actions taken by the policyholder of the insurer to protect the insured asset or activity against those risks, where such information is provided by the insurer to the reinsurer;
                     
                     
                        (II)do not only rely on historical trends;
                     
                     
                        (III)integrate forward-looking scenarios;
                     
                     
                        (b)the reinsurer discloses publicly how the risks stemming from climate-related perils are considered in the reinsurance activity.
                     
                     
                        2. Supporting development and supply of enabling non-life reinsurance products:
                     
                     
                        (a)the reinsurance activity’s underlying products cover risks stemming from climate-related perils and reward, in a risk-based manner, preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders, including lower premiums where a policyholder has invested in adaptation measures;
                     
                     
                        (b)the reinsurance activity complies with one or more of the following criteria:
                     
                     
                        (I) where desired by the insurer, the reinsurer engages with the insurer, either directly or via a reinsurance intermediary, during the development of the underlying product by:
                     
                     
                        -discussing possible reinsurance solutions that the reinsurer is willing to offer in relation to that product. The final product is brought to market using one of the reinsurance solutions that were discussed with the reinsurer during the product development phase; 
                     
                     
                        -providing data or other technical advice enabling the insurer to price the coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils as well as risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders;
                     
                     
                        (II) the insurer would likely reduce or discontinue its coverage under the underlying product without the reinsurance agreement or a comparable reinsurance agreement in place;
                     
                     
                        (III) the reinsurer provides, as part of the business relationship with the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary, data or other technical advice or both enabling the insurer to offer coverage of risks stemming from climate-related perils and the coverage allows for risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders.
                     
                     
                        3. Innovative reinsurance coverage solutions:
                     
                     
                        (a)reinsurance products sold under the reinsurance activity offer coverage for risks stemming from climate-related perils where the demands and needs of the insurer’s clients, based on the underlying products, require so. Such insurance products appropriately reflect risk-based rewards for preventive actions taken by the insurer’s policyholders;
                     
                     
                        (b)depending on the demands and needs of the individual customers of the insurer, reinsurance products may include specific risk transfer solutions which may include protection against business interruption, contingent business interruption, other non-physical damage-related loss factors, cascading effects and interdependencies of hazards (secondary perils), cascading impacts of interacting natural and technological hazards or critical infrastructure failures.
                     
                     
                        4. Data sharing:
                     
                     
                        (a)with due regard to Regulation (EU) 2016/679, a significant share of loss data related to the reinsurer’s activity is made available, free of charge, to external parties, including public authorities or scientists. The parties declare to use the data for purposes of enhancing adaptation to climate change by the society in a region, country or internationally and the reinsurer provides the data at a level of granularity sufficient for the use declared by the respective external parties;
                     
                     
                        (b)where the reinsurer is not yet sharing such data with an external party for the aforementioned purpose, it has declared the intention to make its data available, free of charge, to interested third parties and has indicated under which conditions such data can be shared;
                     
                     
                        (c)that declaration of intention to share available data is easily accessible, including on the reinsurer’s website, for relevant external parties.
                     
                     
                        5. High level of service in post-disaster situation:
                     
                     
                        Claims under the reinsurance activity, both ongoing and those from large-scale loss events resulting from risks stemming from climate-related perils, are processed in accordance with high handling standards for claims and in timely fashion in line with applicable law and there has been no failure to do so in the context of recent large-scale loss events. Where appropriate, the reinsurer supports the insurer or the reinsurance intermediary in assessing the claims from the underlying product. Information as regards procedures on additional measures by the reinsurer in case of large-scale loss events is publicly available.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reinsurance activity does not cover cession of insurance of the extraction, storage, transport or manufacture of fossil fuels or the cession of insurance of the use of vehicles, property or other assets for such purposes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               11.Education
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Public or private education at any level or for any profession. The instructions may be oral or written and may be provided by radio, television, internet or via correspondence. It includes education by the different institutions in the regular school system at its different levels as well as adult education and literacy programmes, including military schools, academies and prison schools at their respective levels.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code P85 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           741
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           742
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           743
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
               12.Human health and social work activities
            
            
               12.1.Residential care activities 
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Provision of residential care combined with either nursing, supervisory or other types of care as required by the residents. Facilities are a significant part of the production process and the care provided is a mix of health and social services with the health services being largely some level of nursing services.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code Q87 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           744
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           745
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           746
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A
                     
                  
               
         
            
               13.Arts, entertainment and recreation 
            
            
               13.1.Creative, arts and entertainment activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Creating, arts and entertainment activities include the provision of services to meet the cultural and entertainment interests of their customers. This includes the production and promotion of, and participation in, live performances, events or exhibits intended for public viewing and the provision of artistic, creative or technical skills for the production of artistic products and live performances. These activities exclude the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the preservation of historical sites and nature reserves activities, gambling and betting activities as well as sports and amusement and recreation activities.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code R90 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           747
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           748
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           749
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
               13.2.Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Libraries, archives, museums and cultural activities includes the activities of libraries and archives, the operation of museums of all kinds, botanical and zoological gardens, the operation of historical sites and nature reserves activities. These activities also include the preservation and exhibition of objects, sites and natural wonders of historical, cultural or educational interest, including world heritage sites. These activities exclude sports and amusement and recreation activities such as the operation of bathing beaches and recreation parks.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code R91 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           750
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           751
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           752
                         to the extent possible;
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
               13.3.Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities
            
            
               Description of the activity 
            
            
               Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities include the production of theatrical and non-theatrical motion pictures whether on film, video tape or disc for direct projection in theatres or for broadcasting on television, supporting activities such as film editing, cutting or dubbing, distribution of motion pictures and other film productions to other industries as well as motion picture or other film productions projection. Buying and selling of motion picture or other film productions distribution rights is also included. These activities also include the sound recording activities, including the production of original sound master recordings, releasing, promoting and distributing them, publishing of music as well as sound recording service activities in a studio or elsewhere.
            
            
               The activity is classified under NACE code J59 in accordance with the statistical classification of economic activities established by Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006.
            
            
               Technical screening criteria
            
            
                     
                        Substantial contribution to climate change adaptation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        The economic activity has implemented physical and non-physical solutions (‘adaptation solutions’) that reduce the most important physical climate risks that are material to that activity.
                     
                     
                        The physical climate risks that are material to the activity have been identified from those listed in Appendix A to this Annex by performing a robust climate risk and vulnerability assessment. The assessment is proportionate to the scale of the activity and its expected lifespan, such that: 
                     
                     
                        (a)for investments into adaptation solutions activities with an expected lifespan of less than 10 years, the assessment is performed, at least by using downscaling of climate projections;
                     
                     
                        (b)for all other activities, the assessment is performed using high resolution, state-of-the-art climate projections across a range of future scenarios consistent with the expected lifetime of the activity, including, at least, 10 to 30 years climate projections scenarios for major investments. 
                     
                     
                        The climate projections and assessment of impacts are based on best practice and available guidance and take into account the open source models
                           753
                        , the best available science for vulnerability and risk analysis and related methodologies in accordance with the most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports and scientific peer-reviewed publications.
                     
                     
                        The adaptation solutions implemented: 
                     
                     
                        (a)do not adversely affect the adaptation efforts or the level of resilience to physical climate risks of other people, of nature, of assets and of other economic activities;
                     
                     
                        (b)favour nature-based solutions
                           754
                         or rely on blue or green infrastructure
                           755
                         to the extent possible; 
                     
                     
                        (c)are consistent with local, sectoral, regional or national adaptation efforts;
                     
                     
                        (d)are monitored and measured against pre-defined indicators and remedial action is considered where those indicators are not met;
                     
                     
                        (e)where the solution implemented is physical and consists in an activity for which technical screening criteria have been specified in this Annex, the solution complies with the do no significant harm technical screening criteria for that activity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Do no significant harm (‘DNSH’)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (1) Climate change mitigation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (3) Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (4) Transition to a circular economy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (5) Pollution prevention and control
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        (6) Protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        N/A 
                     
                  
               
               
         
         
            
               Appendix A: Classification of climate-related hazards
            
            
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Temperature-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Wind-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Water-related
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Solid mass-related
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Chronic
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing temperature (air, freshwater, marine water)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing wind patterns
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Changing precipitation patterns and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Coastal erosion
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heat stress 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Precipitation or hydrological variability
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Soil degradation
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Temperature variability
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ocean acidification
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Soil erosion
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Permafrost thawing
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Saline intrusion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Solifluction
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sea level rise 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Water stress
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        Acute
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heat wave
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Drought
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Avalanche
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cold wave/frost
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Storm (including blizzards, dust and sandstorms)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Landslide
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Wildfire
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tornado
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, ground water) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Subsidence
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Glacial lake outburst
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                  
                        Assessments Reports on Climate Change: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability published periodically by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the United Nations body for assessing the science related to climate change produces, https://www.ipcc.ch/reports/.
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                  
                        In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                  
                        See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 3 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 
               
               
                  
                     (9)
                  
                        In accordance with Article 29, paragraphs 4 and 5 of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. This requirement applies to all perennial crop production, whether for biofuels, bioliquids or biomass, or for food or feed uses.
               
               
                  
                     (10)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (11)
                  
                        See Directives 2009/128/EC and 91/676/EEC and Statutory Management Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (12)
                  
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (13)
                  
                        Consistent with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (14)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
               
               
                  
                     (15)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example  International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (16)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (17)
                  
                        Consistent with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (18)
                  
                        Concerning risks assessments see, for instance, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014.
               
               
                  
                     (19)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (20)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (21)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (22)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (23)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (24)
                  
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 3 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (25)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (26)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 7 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013
               
               
                  
                     (27)
                  
                        In accordance with Article 29, paragraphs 4 and 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. This requirement applies to all perennial crop production, whether for biofuels, bioliquids or biomass, or for food or feed uses. 
               
               
                  
                     (28)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (29)
                  
                        See Directives 2009/128/EC and 91/676/EEC and Statutory Management Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (30)
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
               
               
                  
                     (31)
                  
                        Consistent with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (32)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
               
               
                  
                     (33)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (34)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (35)
                  
                        Consistent with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (36)
                  
                        Concerning risks assessments see, for instance, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014.
               
               
                  
                     (37)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (38)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (39)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (40)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 1 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (41)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 2 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (42)
                  
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 3 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (43)
                  
                        In accordance with GAEC 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (44)
                  
                        In accordance with Article 29, paragraphs 4 and 5, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001. This requirement applies to all perennial crop production, whether for biofuels, bioliquids or biomass, or for food or feed uses.
               
               
                  
                     (45)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (46)
                  
                        See Directive 2009/128/EC and Directive 91/676/EEC and Statutory Management. Requirement 10 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (47)
                  
                        In the Union, this means the use of plant protection products that are authorised under Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 except those plant protection products that are earmarked for substitution.
               
               
                  
                     (48)
                  
                        In accordance with GAECs 4, 5 and 6 of Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (49)
                  
                        Lands of high-biodiversity-value are specified in Article 29(3) of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.
               
               
                  
                     (50)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example  International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (51)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project/plan/activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (52)
                  
                        In accordance with Statutory Management Requirements 2 and 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1306/2013 and in particular Article 6, paragraphs 1 and 2, of Directive 92/43/EEC and Article 3(1), Article 3(2), point (b), and Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of Directive 2009/147/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (53)
                  
                        Concerning risks assessments see, for instance, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1143/2014.
               
               
                  
                     (54)
                  
                        Establishment of forest through planting or deliberate seeding on land that, until then, was under a different land use, implies a transformation of land use form non-forest to forest (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. 
                  http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
                   ).
               
               
                  
                     (55)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0.5 hectares with trees higher than 5 meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. 
                  http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (56)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (57)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (58)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (59)
                  
                        Forest Europe Pan-European Guidelines for Afforestation and Reforestation with a special focus on the provisions of the UNFCCC adopted by the MCPFE Expert Level Meeting on 12-13 November, 2008 and by the PEBLDS Bureau on behalf of the PEBLDS Council on 4 November, 2008, https://www.foresteurope.org/docs/other_meetings/2008/Geneva/Guidelines_Aff_Ref_ADOPTED.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (60)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (61)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (62)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0.5 hectares with trees higher than 5 meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (63)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (64)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (65)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (66)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (67)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (68)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (69)
                  
                        Re-establishment of forest through planting and/or deliberate seeding on land classified as forest. FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (70)
                  
                        FAO definition of “naturally regenerating forests”. Forest predominantly composed of trees established through natural regeneration.
               
               
                  
                     (71)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (72)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (73)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (74)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (75)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (76)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (77)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (78)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (79)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (80)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (81)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (82)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (83)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised.FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (84)
                  
                        Including an analysis of (i) long term sustainability of the wood resource (ii) impacts/pressures on habitat conservation, diversity of associated habitats and condition of harvesting minimizing soil impacts.
               
               
                  
                     (85)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards for activities addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress in third countries. Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (86)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (87)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (88)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (89)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (90)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (91)
                  
                        Forest area that has a long-term (ten years or more) documented management plan, aiming at defined management goals, and which is periodically revised, FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf
               
               
                  
                     (92)
                  
                        The primary designated management objective assigned to a management unit (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (93)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is protection of soil and water. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (94)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is conservation of biological diversity. Includes but is not limited to areas designated for biodiversity conservation within the protected areas. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf).
               
               
                  
                     (95)
                  
                        Forest where the management objective is social services. (FAO Global Resources Assessment 2020. Terms and definitions. http://www.fao.org/3/I8661EN/i8661en.pdf)
               
               
                  
                     (96)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (97)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1.
               
               
                  
                     (98)
                  
                        The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat, https://www.ramsar.org/sites/default/files/documents/library/current_convention_text_e.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (99)
                  
                        Wetlands include a wide variety of inland habitats such as marshes, wet grasslands and peatlands, floodplains, rivers and lakes, and coastal areas such as saltmarshes, mangroves, intertidal mudflats and seagrass beds, and coral reefs and other marine areas no deeper than six meters at low tide, as well as human-made wetlands such as dams, reservoirs, rice paddies and wastewater treatment ponds and lagoons. An Introduction to the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, 7th ed. (previously The Ramsar Convention Manual). Ramsar Convention Secretariat, Gland, Switzerland.
               
               
                  
                     (100)
                  
                        Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament of 29 May 1995 on wise use and conservation of wetlands, COM(95) 189 final.
               
               
                  
                     (101)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (102)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (103)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (104)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (105)
                  
                        The WHO Recommended Classification of Pesticides by Hazard (version 2019), 
                  https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332193/9789240005662-eng.pdf?ua=1
                   
               
               
                  
                     (106)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (107)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (108)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (109)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (110)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (111)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (112)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (113)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (114)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (115)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (116)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (117)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (118)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (119)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (120)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (121)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (122)
                  
                        As defined in Article 4(1), points (a) and (b) of Regulation (EU)2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (123)
                  
                        As defined in Article 4 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.
               
               
                  
                     (124)
                  
                        The Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator is defined as the ratio of mas of CO2 emitted per unit of transport work. It should be a representative value of the energy efficiency of the ship operation over a consistent period which represents the overall trading pattern of the vessel. Guidance on how to calculate this indicator is provided in the document MEPC.1/Circ. 684 from IMO.
               
               
                  
                     (125)
                  
                        Energy Efficiency Design Index, http://www.imo.org/fr/MediaCentre/HotTopics/GHG/Pages/EEDI.aspx.
               
               
                  
                     (126)
                  
                        As agreed by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization on its seventy-fourth session.
               
               
                  
                     (127)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (128)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (129)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (130)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (131)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (132)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (133)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (134)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (135)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (136)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (137)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (138)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (139)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (140)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (141)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (142)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (143)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (144)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (145)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (146)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (147)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (148)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (149)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (150)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (151)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (152)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (153)
                  
                        See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (154)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (155)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (156)
                  
                        [the median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026  multiplied by the clinker to cement ratio (0.65).]
               
               
                  
                     (157)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (158)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2013/163/EU of 26 March 2013 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions for the production of cement, lime and magnesium oxide (OJ L 100, 9.4.2013, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (159)
                  
                        See Best Available Techniques Reference Document (BREF) on Economics and Cross-Media Effects, https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/ecm_bref_0706.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (160)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (161)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (162)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (163)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (164)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (165)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (166)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (167)
                  
                        Indirect greenhouse gas emissions are the life-cycle greenhouse gas emissions produced from the generation of the electricity used for the manufacturing of primary aluminium
               
               
                  
                     (168)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026  plus the DNSH to climate change mitigation criterion for electricity generation (270gCO2/kWh) multiplied by the average energy efficiency of aluminium manufacturing (15.5 MWh/t Al)].
               
               
                  
                     (169)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (170)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/1032 of 13 June 2016 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for the non-ferrous metals industries (OJ L 174, 30.6.2016, p. 32).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (171)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (172)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (173)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (174)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (175)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (176)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (177)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (178)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (179)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (180)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (181)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (182)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (183)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (184)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (185)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (186)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2012/135/EU of 28 February 2012 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions for iron and steel production (OJ L 70, 8.3.2012, p. 63).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (187)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (188)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (189)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (190)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (191)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (192)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (193)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (194)
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (OJ L 328, 21.12.2018, p. 82).
               
               
                  
                     (195)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (196)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (197)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (198)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (199)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (200)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (201)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (202)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (203)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (204)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (205)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (206)
                  
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document  for the Large Volumes Inorganic Chemicals- Solids and Others industry, 
                     https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/lvic-s_bref_0907.pdf
                      
                  
               
               
                  
                     (207)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/902 of 30 May 2016 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for common waste water and waste gas treatment/management systems in the chemical sector (OJ L 152, 9.6.2016, p. 23).
               
               
                  
                     (208)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (209)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (210)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (211)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (212)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (213)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (214)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (215)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (216)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (217)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (218)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (219)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (220)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (221)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (222)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (223)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (224)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (225)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (226)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision 2013/732/EU of 9 December 2013 establishing the best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on industrial emissions, for the production of chlor-alkali (OJ L 332, 11.12.2013, p. 34).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (227)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (228)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (229)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (230)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (231)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (232)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (233)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (234)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (235)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (236)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (237)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (238)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (239)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (240)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (241)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (242)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/2117 of 21 November 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for the production of large volume organic chemicals
                     
                     (OJ L 323, 7.12.2017, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (243)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (244)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (245)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (246)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (247)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (248)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (249)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (250)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (251)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (252)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (253)
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the manufacture of Large Volume Inorganic Chemicals - Ammonia, Acids and Fertilisers  
                  https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/lvic_aaf.pdf
                   
               
               
                  
                     (254)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (255)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (256)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (257)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (258)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (259)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (260)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (261)
                  
                        Calculated in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2019/331.
               
               
                  
                     (262)
                  
                        [The median value of the data collected in the context of establishing the EU ETS industrial benchmarks for the period of 2021-2026.]
               
               
                  
                     (263)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (264)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (265)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (266)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (267)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (268)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (269)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (270)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (271)
                  
                  
                        Renewable feedstock refers to biomass, industrial bio-waste or municipal bio-waste.
                  
               
               
                  
                     (272)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (273)
                  
                  
                        Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Production of Polymers 
                     https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2019-11/pol_bref_0807.pdf
                     .
                  
               
               
                  
                     (274)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (275)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (276)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (277)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (278)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (279)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (280)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (281)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (282)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (283)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (284)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (285)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (286)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (287)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (288)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (289)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (290)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (291)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (292)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (293)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (294)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (295)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (296)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that 2011/92/EU).
               
               
                  
                     (297)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (298)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (299)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (300)
                  
                        Practical guidance for the implementation of this criterion is contained in the European Commission document: “Wind energy developments and Natura 2000”, https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/natura2000/management/docs/Wind_farms.pdf [being updated – add new reference if available on time for DA adoption].
               
               
                  
                     (301)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (302)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (303)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (304)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of Directive 2011/92/EU).
               
               
                  
                     (305)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (306)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (307)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (308)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (309)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (310)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (311)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (312)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (313)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (314)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (315)
                  
                        Practical guidance is contained in Commission notice C/2018/2619 ‘Guidance document on the requirements for hydropower in relation to EU nature legislation’ (OJ C 213, 18.6.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (316)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (317)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (318)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (319)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (320)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (321)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (322)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (323)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (324)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (325)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (326)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (327)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (328)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p.1).
               
               
                  
                     (329)
                  
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 November 2015 on the limitation of emissions of certain pollutants into the air from medium combustion plants (OJ L 313, 28.11.2015, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (330)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (331)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (332)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (333)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (334)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (335)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (336)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (337)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (338)
                  
                        Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 on industrial emissions (integrated pollution prevention and control) (OJ L 334, 17.12.2010, p. 17).
               
               
                  
                     (339)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (340)
                  
                  
                        Directive (EU) 2015/2193 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 November 2015 on the limitation of emissions of certain pollutants into the air from medium combustion plants (OJ L 313, 28.11.2015, p. 1).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (341)
                  
                        Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe (OJ L 152, 11.6.2008, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (342)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (343)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (344)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (345)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (346)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (347)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (348)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (349)
                  
                        Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines of 30 April 2007, https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/29f5137d-6e17-4660-b1f9-02bf561935e5/Final%2B-%2BGeneral%2BEHS%2BGuidelines.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=jOWim3p
               
               
                  
                     (350)
                  
                        Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz) (1999/519/EC) (OJ L 199, 30.7.1999, p.59).
               
               
                  
                     (351)
                  
                  
                        ICNIRP 1998 Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 ghz), 
                     https://www.icnirp.org/cms/upload/publications/ICNIRPemfgdl.pdf
                     .
                  
               
               
                  
                     (352)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (353)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (354)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (355)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (356)
                  
                        Practical guidance for the implementation of this criterion is contained in the European Commission notice 2018/C 213/02 “Energy transmission infrastructure and EU nature legislation” (OJ C 213, 18.6.2018, p.1).
               
               
                  
                     (357)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (358)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (359)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (360)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (361)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referring to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (362)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (363)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (364)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (365)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (366)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (367)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (368)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (369)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (370)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (371)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (372)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (373)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (374)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (375)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (376)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (377)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (378)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (379)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (380)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (381)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (382)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (383)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (384)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
               
               
                  
                     (385)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (386)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (387)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (388)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (389)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (390)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (391)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (392)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (393)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (394)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (395)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (396)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (397)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (398)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (399)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (400)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (401)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (402)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (403)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (404)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (405)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (406)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (407)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (408)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (409)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (410)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (411)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (412)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (413)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (414)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (415)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (416)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (417)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (418)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (419)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (420)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (421)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (422)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (423)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (424)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (425)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (426)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (427)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (428)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (429)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (430)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (431)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (432)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (433)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (434)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (435)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (436)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (437)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (438)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (439)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (440)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (441)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (442)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (443)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (444)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (445)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (446)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (447)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (448)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (449)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (450)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (451)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (452)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (453)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (454)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (455)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (456)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (457)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (458)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (459)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (460)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (461)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (462)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (463)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (464)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (465)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (466)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (467)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (468)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (469)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (470)
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2017/1442 of 31 July 2017 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, for large combustion plants (OJ L 212, 17.8.2017, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (471)
                  
                        Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2008 on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe
               
               
                  
                     (472)
                  
                        The final technology report resulting from the exchange of information with Member States, the industries concerned and non-governmental organisations contains technical information on best available technologies used in medium combustion plants to reduce their environmental impacts, and on the emission levels achievable with best available and emerging technologies and the related costs: 
                  https://circabc.europa.eu/ui/group/06f33a94-9829-4eee-b187-21bb783a0fbf/library/9a99a632-9ba8-4cc0-9679-08d929afda59/details
                  . 
               
               
                  
                     (473)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p. 38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (474)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (475)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (476)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (477)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (478)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (479)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (480)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (481)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (482)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (483)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (484)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (485)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (486)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (487)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (488)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (489)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (490)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (491)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (492)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (493)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (494)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (495)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (496)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (497)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (498)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (499)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (500)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (501)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (502)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (503)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (504)
                  
                        For example, following IPCC guidelines for national GHG inventories for waste water treatment: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/5_Volume5/19R_V5_6_Ch06_Wastewater.pdf
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (505)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (506)
                  
                        As specified in Annex II of Regulation (EU) 2020/741 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25May 2020 on minimum requirements for water reuse (OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, p. 32).
               
               
                  
                     (507)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (508)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (509)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (510)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (511)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (512)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (513)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (514)
                  
                        For example, following IPCC guidelines for national GHG inventories for waste water treatment: 
                  https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2019rf/pdf/5_Volume5/19R_V5_6_Ch06_Wastewater.pdf
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (515)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (516)
                  
                        As specified in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2020/741 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25May 2020 on minimum requirements for water reuse (OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, p. 32).
               
               
                  
                     (517)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (518)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (519)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC; or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (520)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (521)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (522)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (523)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (524)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (525)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (526)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (527)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (528)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  
               
               
                  
                     (529)
                  
                        For the requirements on digestate, see Component Material Categories (CMCs) 4 and 5 specified in annex II of Regulation 2019/1009. 
               
               
                  
                     (530)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (531)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (532)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (533)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (534)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p.38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (535)
                  
                        Bio-waste is defined in Article 3, point 4, of Directive 2008/98/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (536)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (537)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (538)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (539)
                  
                  
                        Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/1147 of 10 August 2018 establishing best available techniques (BAT) conclusions for waste treatment, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 208, 17.8.2018, p.38).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (540)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (541)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (542)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (543)
                  
                        ‘Landfill’ is defined in Article 2, point g, of Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste (OJ L 182, 16.7.1999, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (544)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (545)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (546)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (547)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (548)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (549)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (550)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (551)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (552)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (553)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (554)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (555)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (556)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (557)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (558)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (559)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (560)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (561)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (562)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (563)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (564)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (565)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (566)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (567)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (568)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (569)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (570)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (571)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (572)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as category M1 and or N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity
               
               
                  
                     (573)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (574)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (575)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (576)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as category M1 and or N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (577)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (a)(i), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (578)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(i), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (579)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (580)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (581)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (582)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (583)
                  
                        As set out in Annex I of Directive 2005/64/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (584)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as M1 and N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (585)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) 2018/1832 of 5 November 2018 amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 for the purpose of improving the emission type approval tests and procedures for light passenger and commercial vehicles, including those for in-service conformity and real-driving emissions and introducing devices for monitoring the consumption of fuel and electric energy (OJ L 301, 27.11.2018, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (586)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(ii), of Regulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (587)
                  
                        As referred to in Article 4(1), point (b)(iii), ofRegulation (EU) 2018/858.
               
               
                  
                     (588)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (589)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (590)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (591)
                  
                        As specified in Annex I to 
                  Directive 2005/64/EC
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (592)
                  
                        Though Directive 2000/53/EC currently only applies to vehicles designated as M1 and N1 vehicles, for the purposes of this criterion, the restrictions on content of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium and cadmium (and the associated exemptions, where relevant) apply to all types of vehicles purchased or operated within the activity.
               
               
                  
                     (593)
                  
                        Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 of 25 May 2011 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council with respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) and amending Annexes I and III to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 167, 25.6.2011, p. 1).
               
               
                  
                     (594)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (595)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (596)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (597)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (598)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (599)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (600)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (601)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (602)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (603)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (604)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (605)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (606)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (607)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (608)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (609)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (610)
                  
                        
                  http://www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/PollutionPrevention/AirPollution/Pages/Sulphur-oxides-(SOx)-%E2%80%93-Regulation-14.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (611)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (612)
                  
                        
                  http://www.imo.org/en/OurWork/Environment/PollutionPrevention/AirPollution/Pages/Nitrogen-oxides-(NOx)-–-Regulation-13.aspx
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (613)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (614)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (615)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (616)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (617)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (618)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (619)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (620)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission..
               
               
                  
                     (621)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (622)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (623)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (624)
                  
                        As regards the extension of the requirements applying in Emission Control Area to other EU seas, countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea are discussing the creation of relevant ECA under the legal framework of the Barcelona Convention.
               
               
                  
                     (625)
                  
                        In Union seas, the requirement is applicable as of 2021 in the Baltic and North Seas.
               
               
                  
                     (626)
                  
                        IMO Guidelines for the Reduction of Underwater Noise from Commercial Shipping to Address Adverse Impacts on Marine Life, (MEPC.1/Circ.833).
               
               
                  
                     (627)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (628)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (629)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (630)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (631)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en.
               
               
                  
                     (632)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (633)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (634)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (635)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (636)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (637)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (638)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (639)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (640)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en.
                   
               
               
                  
                     (641)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (642)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (643)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (644)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (645)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission..
               
               
                  
                     (646)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (647)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (648)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (649)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en.
                   
               
               
                  
                     (650)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (651)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (652)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (653)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (654)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (655)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (656)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (657)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (658)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                   
               
               
                  
                     (659)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (660)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (661)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (662)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (663)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (664)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (665)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (666)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (667)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (668)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (669)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (670)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (671)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (672)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (673)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (674)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (675)
                  
                        The calculated amount of energy needed to meet the energy demand associated with the typical uses of a building expressed by a numeric indicator of total primary energy use in kWh/m2 per year and based on the relevant national calculation methodology and as displayed on the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
               
               
                  
                     (676)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (677)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en.
                   
               
               
                  
                     (678)
                  
                        ISO 20887:2020, Sustainability in buildings and civil engineering works - Design for disassembly and adaptability - Principles, requirements and guidance.
               
               
                  
                     (679)
                  
                        Applying to paints and varnishes, ceiling tiles, floor coverings, including associated adhesives and sealants, internal insulation and interior surface treatments, such as those to treat damp and mold.
               
               
                  
                     (680)
                  
                        CEN/TS 16516: 2013, Construction products - Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Determination of emissions into indoor air.
               
               
                  
                     (681)
                  
                        ISO 16000-3:2011, Indoor air — Part 3: Determination of formaldehyde and other carbonyl compounds in indoor air and test chamber air — Active sampling method.
               
               
                  
                     (682)
                  
                        The emissions thresholds for carcinogenic volatile organic compounds relate to a 28-day test period.
               
               
                  
                     (683)
                  
                        ISO 18400 series on Soil quality — Sampling
               
               
                  
                     (684)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (685)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks
               
               
                  
                     (686)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (687)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (688)
                  
                        JRC ESDCA, LUCAS: Land Use and Coverage Area frame Survey, https://esdac.jrc.ec.europa.eu/projects/lucas
               
               
                  
                     (689)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN European Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucn.org/regions/europe/our-work/biodiversity-conservation/european-red-list-threatened-species
               
               
                  
                     (690)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. https://www.iucnredlist.org
               
               
                  
                     (691)
                  
                        Land spanning more than 0,5 hectares with trees higher than five meters and a canopy cover of more than 10%, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. It does not include land that is predominantly under agricultural or urban land use.
               
               
                  
                     (692)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (693)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (694)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (695)
                  
                        EU Construction and Demolition Waste Protocol. Available at 
                  https://ec.europa.eu/growth/content/eu-construction-and-demolition-waste-protocol-0_
                  en.
                   
               
               
                  
                     (696)
                  
                        Applying to paints and varnishes, ceiling tiles, floor coverings (including associated adhesives and sealants), internal insulation and interior surface treatments (such as to treat damp and mold).
               
               
                  
                     (697)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (698)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (699)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (700)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (701)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (702)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (703)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (704)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (705)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (706)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (707)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (708)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (709)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (710)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (711)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
                  
               
               
                  
                     (712)
                  
                        The calculated amount of energy needed to meet the energy demand associated with the typical uses of a building expressed by a numeric indicator of total primary energy use in kWh/m2 per year and based on the relevant national calculation methodology and as displayed on the Energy Performance Certificate (EPC).
               
               
                  
                     (713)
                  
                        The procedure through which the competent authority determines whether projects listed in Annex II to Directive 2011/92/EU is to be made subject to an environmental impact assessment (as referred to in Article 4(2) of that Directive).
               
               
                  
                     (714)
                  
                        For example, IFC Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks.
               
               
                  
                     (715)
                  
                        In accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, or, for activities located in third countries, in accordance with equivalent national provisions or international standards, for example IFC Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources.
               
               
                  
                     (716)
                  
                        Those measures have been identified to ensure that the project, plan or activity will not have any significant effects on the conservation objectives of the protected area.
               
               
                  
                     (717)
                  
                        JRC ESDCA, LUCAS: Land Use and Coverage Area frame Survey, https://esdac.jrc.ec.europa.eu/projects/lucas.
               
               
                  
                     (718)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN European Red List of Threatened Species. 
                  https://www.iucn.org/regions/europe/our-work/biodiversity-conservation/european-red-list-threatened-species
                   
               
               
                  
                     (719)
                  
                        IUCN, The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. 
                  https://www.iucnredlist.org
                  .
               
               
                  
                     (720)
                  
                        Data centres include the following equipment: ICT equipment and services; cooling; data centre power equipment; data centre power distribution equipment; data centre building; monitoring systems.
               
               
                  
                     (721)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (722)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions. 
               
               
                  
                     (723)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (724)
                  
                        
                  https://e3p.jrc.ec.europa.eu/publications/2020-best-practice-guidelines-eu-code-conduct-data-centre-energy-efficiency
                   
               
               
                  
                     (725)
                  
                        Issued on 1 July 2019 by the European Committee for Standardization (CEN) and the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC),https://www.cenelec.eu/dyn/www/f?p=104:110:508227404055501::::FSP_ORG_ID,FSP_PROJECT,FSP_LANG_ID:1258297,65095,25.
               
               
                  
                     (726)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (727)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (728)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (729)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (730)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (731)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (732)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (733)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (734)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (735)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.
               
               
                  
                     (736)
                  
                        In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (737)
                  
                        As required by Directive 2000/60/EC for activities subject to Union law or as required by equivalent national provisions or international standards addressing environmental degradation risks related to preserving water quality and avoiding water stress for activities in third countries.Where an Environmental Impact Assessment is carried out in accordance with Directive 2011/92/EU and includes an assessment of the impact on water in accordance with Directive 2000/60/EC, no additional assessment of impact on water is required, provided the risks identified have been addressed.
               
               
                  
                     (738)
                  
                        See Appendix A.
               
               
                  
                     (739)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation), OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1.
               
               
                  
                     (740)
                  
                        As defined in point (5) of Art. 2 of Directive (EU) 2016/97 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 January 2016 on insurance distribution, OJ L 26, 2.2.2016, p. 19.
               
               
                  
                     (741)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (742)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (743)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (744)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (745)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (746)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (747)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (748)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (749)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (750)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (751)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (752)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).
               
               
                  
                     (753)
                  
                        Such as Copernicus services managed by the European Commission.
               
               
                  
                     (754)
                  
                        
                  In accordance with Resolution 069 on Defining Nature-Based Solutions of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), https://www.iucn.org/commissions/commission-ecosystem-management/our-work/nature-based-solutions.
               
               
                  
                     (755)
                  
                        
                  See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Green Infrastructure (GI) — Enhancing Europe’s Natural Capital (COM/2013/0249 final).